WO2017132969A1 - Method and device for transmitting reference signal - Google Patents
Method and device for transmitting reference signal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017132969A1 WO2017132969A1 PCT/CN2016/073576 CN2016073576W WO2017132969A1 WO 2017132969 A1 WO2017132969 A1 WO 2017132969A1 CN 2016073576 W CN2016073576 W CN 2016073576W WO 2017132969 A1 WO2017132969 A1 WO 2017132969A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- frequency domain
- reference signal
- sequence
- units
- symbols
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting reference signals.
- TTI Transmission Time Interval
- WCDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- the existing LTE system for scheduling 1 ms TTI supports a transmission mode of a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), wherein the downlink demodulation reference signal is at the end of each of the two slots included in the 1 ms TTI.
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- the receiving side needs to wait until the DMRS is received before demodulating the information on the received short TTI.
- the existing DMRS pattern adds processing delay and is therefore no longer suitable for short TTI transmissions.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising: determining, by a transmitting device, a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in a time domain, in a frequency domain N frequency domain units are occupied, each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2; the transmitting device determines P reference signals
- the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, P ⁇ 1; the transmitting device transmits the P reference signals to the receiving device, where the i th reference signal of the P reference signals is located S frequency domain units in N frequency domain units, and in the S frequency domain
- Each of the frequency domain units in the element occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N, 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K.
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups
- Each of the frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units
- the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups
- the second frequency domain unit group includes S 1 frequency domain units
- the method further includes: The transmitting device generates Q first sequences of length Z, and any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports.
- a reference signal sequence, Q ⁇ P wherein the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences Orthogonal.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are in the first
- the subcarriers occupied in the frequency domain unit are the same, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are different.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are the same, or the jth reference signal and The kth reference signal is located on a different symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are different, wherein 1 ⁇ j ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ k ⁇ P, j ⁇ k .
- the method further includes: the sending device determining a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is the first TTI resource block a subsequent TTI resource block; the transmitting device transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block; wherein the P antenna One antenna port in the port is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the second physical channel, P ⁇ 1, 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising: receiving, by a receiving device, at least one of P reference signals sent by a transmitting device, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports
- the P reference signals are carried on the first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and the N frequency domain units
- Each of the frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where P ⁇ 1, M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2, and the i th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located in the N frequency S frequency domain units in the domain unit, and occupying L subcarriers in each frequency domain unit of the S frequency domain units, and located on one of the M symbols, where 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K;
- the receiving device performs at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodul
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups
- Each of the frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units
- the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups
- the method further includes: The receiving device generates a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, wherein the first sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and in the S
- the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and in each of the S frequency domain units
- the subcarriers occupied in the unit are different, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units are the same, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, where 1 ⁇ j ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ k ⁇ P, j ⁇ k.
- the method further includes: the receiving device receiving the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block The first physical channel corresponds to one of the P antenna ports; the receiving device is configured to the first object according to a reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports The channel is demodulated, 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P. .
- the method further includes: receiving, by the receiving device, a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on the second TTI resource block,
- the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, and the second physical channel corresponds to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports; the receiving device is configured according to J of the P antenna ports.
- the reference signal corresponding to the antenna ports demodulates the second physical channel, 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal for performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
- the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
- an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal for performing the method of any of the second aspect or the second aspect of the second aspect comprises means for performing the method of any of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
- the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal, the apparatus comprising: a bus system, a processor transceiver, and a memory.
- the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by a bus system
- the memory is for storing instructions
- the processor is for executing instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
- the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor is Performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
- the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal, the apparatus comprising: a bus system, a processor transceiver, and a memory.
- the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by a bus system
- the memory is for storing instructions
- the processor is for executing instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
- the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor is Performing the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
- the application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
- the present application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
- the present application provides a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal capable of supporting transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
- FIG. 1 is an application scenario of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource block according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 3a through 3f are schematic diagrams showing the manner in which reference signals are arranged in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 4a-4c are schematic diagrams showing the manner in which reference signals are arranged in the frequency domain according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 5a through 5f are diagrams showing a manner in which a reference signal is arranged in a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a location of a configuration of a reference signal within a frequency domain unit group in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7a and 7b are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement of reference signals of different antenna ports in a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic flow chart of transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the present invention describes various embodiments in conjunction with user equipment.
- User Equipment may be referred to as a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), and a mobile terminal. (Mobile Terminal), etc.
- the user equipment can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), for example, the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone),
- RAN Radio Access Network
- the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone)
- a computer or the like having a mobile terminal for example, the user equipment may also be a portable, portable, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device and a terminal device in a future 5G network, which exchanges voice and/or with the wireless access network. data.
- a network device which may be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system or an Authorized Auxiliary Access Long-term Evolution (LAA-LTE) system.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LAA-LTE Authorized Auxiliary Access Long-term Evolution
- An evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, which may be referred to as an eNB or an e-NodeB), a macro base station, a micro base station (also referred to as a "small base station”), a pico base station, an access point (AP), or a transmission site (Transmission Point) , TP) and so on.
- the downlink demodulation reference signal is usually configured on the last two symbols of each of the two slots included in the 1 ms TTI, if a short TTI transmission supporting the transmission mode of the DMRS is introduced and the existing DMRS is maintained.
- the pattern is unchanged, and the receiving device needs to wait until the DMRS reception is completed to demodulate the information on the received short TTI.
- the existing DMRS pattern increases the processing delay and is therefore no longer suitable for short TTI transmission.
- FIG. 1 shows an application scenario of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the application scenario includes a base station 101, a user equipment 102 and a user equipment 103 that are within the coverage of the base station 101 and are in communication with the base station 101.
- the base station 101 and the user equipment 102 are both devices that support short transmission time interval (TTI) transmission, and the user equipment 103 is a device that does not support short TTI transmission.
- the base station 101 can communicate with the user equipment 102 using a short TTI or a 1 ms TTI in the prior art, and the base station 101 can also communicate with the user equipment 103 using the 1 ms TTI in the prior art.
- TTI transmission time interval
- the sending device may be a network device (for example, a network side device such as a base station), and the receiving device may be a terminal device (for example, a user device), that is, the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to Downlink transmission,
- a network device for example, a network side device such as a base station
- the receiving device may be a terminal device (for example, a user device)
- the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to Downlink transmission
- the sending device may also be a terminal device (for example, a user device), and the receiving device may be a network device (for example, a network side device such as a base station), that is, the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to an uplink transmission.
- a terminal device for example, a user device
- the receiving device may be a network device (for example, a network side device such as a base station), that is, the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to an uplink transmission.
- a network device for example, a network side device such as a base station
- RE Resource Element
- the uplink symbol is called Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbol
- the downlink symbol is called Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol.
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- the uplink symbol may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol.
- the uplink symbol and The downlink symbols are collectively referred to as symbols, and may be other types of communication symbols, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
- a physical channel carries data information from higher layers, which may be a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel (Physical).
- PDSCH physical downlink control channel
- Physical downlink control channel Physical downlink control channel
- Physical downlink control channel Physical downlink control channel (Physical).
- Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel (Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel) , EPDCCH), physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and the like.
- PCFICH Physical Control Format Indicator Channel
- PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel
- PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
- PUCCH physical uplink control channel
- PUCCH physical uplink control channel
- a Reference Signal is used for the physical layer, and does not carry data information from a higher layer, such as a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) for downlink, and is used for downlink terminal specific Reference signal (UE-specific Reference Signal, UE-RS) or Group-specific Reference Signal (GRS) for downlink, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for uplink, detection reference Sounding reference signal (SRS), etc.
- CRS Cell-specific Reference Signal
- UE-RS downlink terminal specific Reference signal
- GRS Group-specific Reference Signal
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- SRS detection reference Sounding reference signal
- the UE-RS used for downlink is also called a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for downlink.
- the DMRS for PUCCH demodulation is called PUCCH DMRS
- the DMRS for PUSCH demodulation is called PUSCH DMRS.
- the CRS is an RS that the network device configures to all terminal devices in the cell
- the GRS is an RS that the network device configures to a group of terminal devices
- the DMRS is an RS that is configured to a specific terminal device.
- Each physical channel has its corresponding RS, and the receiving device can The RS performs channel estimation and then demodulates the physical channel based on the estimated channel value.
- the receiving device can also perform automatic gain control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization estimation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management (RRM) measurement, positioning measurement, and the like according to the received RS. Therefore, the reference signal in the present invention can be used for at least one of physical channel demodulation, AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel state information measurement, RRM measurement, positioning measurement, and the like.
- AGC automatic gain control
- short TTI transmission refers to a transmission with a TTI less than 1 subframe or a TTI less than 1 ms.
- the TTI length is one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 symbols.
- the TTI length is a combination of at least two different symbol lengths of the foregoing multiple symbol lengths, for example, 4 TTIs are included in 1 ms, and the lengths are 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 3 symbols, for example, The lengths are 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, or other combinations, respectively.
- 1 ms includes 4 TTIs, and the length is 4 or 3 symbols respectively, and the TTI length can be considered as 0.25 ms.
- There may be multiple short TTIs in the system for example, the system supports a TTI length of 7 symbols and a TTI length of 0.25 ms is transmitted in 1 ms.
- a resource block ie, a first TTI resource block
- a resource block ie, a first TTI resource block
- the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols, where M is a positive integer greater than or equal to one.
- the first TTI resource block occupies N frequency domain units, and each frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and K is a positive greater than or equal to 2. Integer.
- resource block #1 ie, an example of the first TTI resource block
- resource block #2 (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) occupies 3 characters in the time domain. No., occupying one frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers.
- the N frequency domain units may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and the N frequency domain units occupy the same symbol in the time domain.
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domains. unit. That is, the resources occupied by the TTI resource block in the frequency domain are in units of frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and N 1 ⁇ 2.
- the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups included in the first TTI resource block may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and R 1 ⁇ 1.
- each frequency domain unit may be considered to include 12 consecutive subcarriers.
- each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers as an example for description.
- each frequency domain unit may also include 20 subcarriers, or 6 subcarriers, and the like.
- the first reference signal may be a downlink reference signal or an uplink reference signal.
- the first reference signal may include at most G antenna ports (also referred to as ports), the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g represents the first antenna of the G antenna ports.
- the number of the port, each antenna port corresponds to a reference signal.
- the antenna port of the first reference signal is used for transmitting the first reference signal, that is, the transmitting device sends its corresponding reference signal through the antenna port, and the receiving device receives its corresponding reference signal through the same antenna port.
- the first reference signal includes two antenna ports, namely port 7 and port 8, respectively, the transmitting device sends the reference signal of port 7 through port 7, transmits the reference signal of port 8 through port 8, and the receiving device passes the port. 7 receives the reference signal of port 7, and receives the reference signal of port 8 through port 8.
- the following takes the time domain position or the frequency domain position of the reference signal corresponding to one antenna port as an example for description.
- one reference signal is located on one symbol in the first TTI resource block, wherein the first TTI resource block is a resource block carrying a reference signal.
- the symbol in which the reference signal is located can be configured in multiple ways in the time domain, and can be divided into two cases (ie, Case 1 and Case 2). The configuration manners in these two cases are described in detail below.
- the position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is related to the length or position of the TTI. That is, one TTI length corresponds to a reference signal configuration. More specifically, in this case, two configurations are included.
- the reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols; or
- the reference signal is located in the M symbols for the first symbol outside the backward compatible symbol.
- 1 ms includes 14 symbols, and if short TTI transmission is introduced, 1 ms can be divided into multiple short TTIs.
- the description includes four short TTIs in 1 ms, and the lengths of the TTIs are four symbols, three symbols, four symbols, and three symbols, respectively.
- FIG. 3a a configuration manner in which the reference signal is applied to the downlink in the time domain is shown. Specifically, a reference signal may be configured for each TTI.
- the traditional physical downlink control channel PDCCH occupies 2 symbols.
- the reference signal of the 0th TTI can be configured in the first symbol outside the PDCCH region in the 0th TTI, that is, on the symbol 2, and the reference signals of the remaining 3 TTIs are respectively configured.
- the first symbol of the TTI to which it belongs is placed on symbol 4, symbol 7 and symbol 11, respectively.
- 4 ms includes 4 short TTIs, and the lengths of the TTIs are 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, and 3 symbols, respectively.
- the reference signal can be configured on the first symbol of each TTI, that is, on symbol 0, symbol 4, symbol 7, and symbol 11.
- Figure 3b shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink.
- the PDCCH occupies 2 symbols of the 0th TTI.
- the reference signal can be configured on three TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the time domain density of the reference signal can be considered, which can be in the first TTI,
- the reference signals are configured on the 5th TTI, wherein the reference signals are respectively located on the first symbol of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively, on the symbol 2, the symbol 6 and the symbol 10.
- the reference signals of the first TTI and the second TTI are configured on symbol 2
- the reference signals of the third TTI and the fourth TTI are configured on symbol 6, the fifth TTI and the sixth TTI.
- the reference signal is placed on symbol 10.
- the reference signal is configured in one TTI. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on the three TTIs of the remaining six TTIs. The reference signal can be configured on the 0th TTI, the 2nd TTI, and the 4th TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal. Wherein, the reference signals are respectively located on the first symbol of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 4, and symbol 8.
- the reference signals of the 0th TTI and the 1st TTI are configured on the symbol 0, and the reference signals of the 2nd TTI and the 3rd TTI are configured on the symbol 4, the 4th TTI, the 5th TTI, and The reference signal of the sixth TTI is arranged on symbol 8.
- the 4th TTI on the uplink resource corresponding to the 0th TTI may have no feedback information transmission, and thus may be in the 0th TTI
- Two TTIs, the first symbol of the fifth TTI is configured with reference signals, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 4, and symbol 10.
- Figure 3c shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink.
- the 0th and 1st TTIs are used to transmit the PDCCH.
- the reference signal can be configured on 4 TTIs of the remaining 12 TTIs, considering the time domain density of the reference signal, which can be in the 2nd TTI, the 5th TTI, the 8th TTI, the 11th
- the reference signals are configured on the TTI, that is, the reference signals are respectively arranged on symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 8 and symbol 11.
- the reference signals of the second TTI, the third TTI, and the fourth TTI are configured on symbol 2
- the reference signals of the fifth TTI, the sixth TTI, and the seventh TTI are configured on symbol 5.
- the reference signals of the 8th TTI, the 9th TTI, and the 10th TTI are configured on symbol 8
- the reference signals of the 11th TTI, the 12th TTI, and the 13th TTI are disposed on the symbol 11.
- the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the last symbol in the uplink 1 ms TTI may be used for SRS transmission, consider backward compatibility, not in the 13th.
- the reference signal is configured in one TTI.
- the reference signal may be configured on the four TTIs of the remaining 13 TTIs.
- the reference signal may be configured on the 0th TTI, the 3rd TTI, the 7th TTI, and the 10th TTI according to the time domain density of the reference signal. That is, the reference signals are respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 3, symbol 7, and symbol 10.
- the reference signals of the 0th TTI, the 1st TTI, and the 2nd TTI are configured on the symbol 0, and the reference signals of the 3rd TTI, the 4th TTI, the 5th TTI, and the 6th TTI are configured.
- the reference signals of the 7th TTI, the 8th TTI, and the 9th TTI are placed on symbol 7, the 10th TTI, the 11th TTI, the 12th TTI, and the 13th TTI (if the first A reference signal on which no SIR is transmitted on the 13 TTIs is placed on the symbol 10.
- TTI resource blocks may not be configured with reference signals.
- the symbols occupied by the downlink PDCCH are symbols for backward compatibility.
- the traditional PDCCH may occupy 1 to 3 symbols, so the downlink reference signal should be configured on the symbols outside the PDCCH region to ensure backward compatibility.
- the number of symbols occupied by the fixed PDCCH for example, the PDCCH is fixed by 2 symbols, and the downlink reference signal may be configured on the symbol 2.
- the reference signal is located on one of the M symbols except the last one.
- the mode 2 is similar to the mode 1 described above, and is not described here.
- the reference signal is placed in the previous position in a TTI resource block, so that the receiving device performs channel estimation according to the reference signal before receiving the complete TTI resource block, thereby reducing the processing delay of the receiving end.
- the position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is independent of the length or position of the TTI. That is, when the system supports multiple short TTI lengths to be transmitted within 1 ms, various short TTI lengths correspond to one reference signal configuration.
- TTIs of different lengths share the same set of reference signal patterns.
- the reference signals applied to the downlink within 1 ms are respectively arranged on symbol 2, symbol 6, and symbol 10. If 1 ms is divided into 7 TTIs, each TTI is 2 symbols in length, and assuming that the 0th TTI is used to transmit the PDCCH, the reference signals of the 1st TTI and the 2nd TTI are at symbol 2, and the third The reference signals of the TTI and the 4th TTI are at symbol 6, and the reference signals of the 5th TTI and the 6th TTI are at symbol 10.
- the 0th TTI includes 6 symbols (assuming that the first 1 to 3 symbols are likely to be used for PDCCH transmission), and the 1st and 2nd TTIs each include 4 Symbol, then the reference signal of the 0th TTI is on symbol 2, the reference signal of the 1st TTI is on symbol 6, and the reference signal of the 2nd TTI is on symbol 10.
- the 0th TTI includes 5 symbols (assuming that the first 1 to 3 symbols are likely to be used for PDCCH transmission), the first TTI, the second TTI, and the third TTI. Each includes 3 symbols, then the reference signal of the 0th TTI is on symbol 2, and the reference signal of the 3rd TTI is on symbol 10.
- the reference signal may be within the current TTI, ie, at symbol 6 and symbol 10, respectively; the reference signal may also be on the symbol of the nearest reference signal of the current TTI, ie , on symbol 2 and symbol 6, respectively.
- the reference signal on the current TTI may be on the symbol where the other reference signal of the current TTI is located, but the reference signal of the next TTI is carried on the current TTI.
- the physical channel carried on the current TTI needs to perform rate matching on the location of the reference signal carried on the current TTI, that is, the physical channel on the current TTI and the reference signal on the current TTI. RE is different.
- the reference signals are all arranged on the symbol 2, the symbol 6 and the symbol 10.
- the manner in which the position of the reference signal is fixed in Case 2 may enable the receiving device to receive the reference signal without knowing the length or position of the TTI resource block.
- the number of configured reference signals is determined according to channel estimation performance and channel overhead. If the reference signal is too thin, the channel estimation performance is unacceptable, and the reference signal is too dense, which in turn leads to an increase in channel overhead. Therefore, the configuration of the reference signal needs to be balanced between the two.
- the reference signal should be placed on the preceding symbol as much as possible, so that the channel can be demodulated as early as possible to reduce the processing delay.
- one reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols in the first TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block is a resource block carrying a reference signal. Similar to the embodiment in which the reference signal is located on one symbol, the symbol in which the reference signal is located can be configured in multiple ways in the time domain, and is also described in two cases.
- the position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is related to the length or position of the TTI. That is, one TTI length corresponds to a reference signal configuration. More specifically, the following configuration methods are included:
- the reference signal is located on the first symbol and the second symbol of the M symbols; or
- the reference signal is located in the M symbols for the 1st symbol and the 2nd symbol outside the backward compatible symbol.
- FIG. 3e shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink.
- the PDCCH occupies 2 symbols of the 0th TTI.
- the reference signal can be configured on two TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the reference signal can be configured on the first TTI and the fourth TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal, wherein the reference signal They are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 2 and symbol 3, symbol 8 and symbol 9.
- the reference signals of the first TTI, the second TTI, and the third TTI are configured on symbols 2 and 3
- the reference signals of the fourth TTI, the fifth TTI, and the sixth TTI are configured in the symbol. 8 and symbol 9 on.
- the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the last symbol in the uplink 1 ms TTI may be used for the transmission of the SRS, considering the backward compatibility, the reference signal is not configured in the sixth TTI.
- the reference signal can be configured on two TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the reference signal can be configured on the 0th TTI and the third TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal, wherein the reference signal They are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0 and symbol 1, symbol 6 and symbol 7.
- the reference signals of the 0th TTI, the 1st TTI, and the 2nd TTI are configured on the symbol 0 and the symbol 1, and the third TTI, the fourth TTI, the fifth TTI, and the sixth TTI The reference signals are arranged on symbols 6 and 7.
- Figure 3f shows another configuration of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink.
- reference signals are configured on the first TTI, the third TTI, and the fifth TTI, where the reference signals are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively Symbol 2 and Symbol 3, Symbol 6 and Symbol 7, and Symbol 10 and Symbol 11.
- first The reference signals of the TTI and the second TTI are arranged on symbols 2 and 3
- the reference signals of the 3rd TTI and the 4th TTI are arranged on symbols 6 and 7, and the reference of the 5th TTI and the 6th TTI
- the signals are arranged on symbols 10 and 11.
- TTI resource blocks may not be configured with reference signals.
- the symbols occupied by the downlink PDCCH are symbols for backward compatibility.
- the traditional PDCCH may occupy 1 to 3 symbols, so the downlink reference signal should be configured on the symbols outside the PDCCH region to ensure backward compatibility.
- the number of symbols occupied by the fixed PDCCH for example, the PDCCH is fixed by 2 symbols, and the downlink reference signal may be configured on the symbols 2 and 3.
- the position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is independent of the length or position of the TTI. That is, when the system supports multiple short TTI lengths to be transmitted within 1 ms, various short TTI lengths correspond to one reference signal configuration.
- the difference between the configuration in this case and the case 2 in the embodiment in which the reference signal is located on one symbol is that the reference signal occupies two adjacent symbols, and other features are similar, and details are not described herein again.
- the reference signal should be placed on the preceding symbol as much as possible so that the channel is demodulated as early as possible to reduce processing delay.
- the reference signal has multiple configurations in the frequency domain.
- the resource block ie, the first TTI resource block
- each frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers.
- N frequency domain units may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain.
- the reference signal is configured on each of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain Each frequency domain unit group in the unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units. That is, the transmitting device determines the first TTI resource block in units of the first frequency domain unit group.
- the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain.
- the value of N 1 may be 5.
- the value of N 1 may be 10. It should be noted that the above N 1 value is an example and is not a limitation.
- resource block #A (ie, an example of a first TTI resource block) includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 5 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 5 consecutive frequency domain units. Divided into one first frequency domain unit group, each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers, and the reference signal is configured on each of the five consecutive frequency domain units.
- the resource block #A includes 20 frequency domain units, and the 20 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes 10 consecutive frequency domain units, and the reference signal It can be configured on each of the frequency domain units in each of the first frequency domain unit groups.
- the reference signal is configured on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, where the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups
- Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units
- the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups
- each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups a second unit group frequency domain S 1 comprises a frequency-domain units of R 1 of first frequency domain and the cell group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, the frequency-domain S 1 unit A frequency domain unit located at a central location of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units.
- Figure 4b is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal in the frequency domain in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- resource block #B ie, an example of the first TTI resource block
- resource block #B includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 3 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 3 consecutive frequency domain units. It is divided into 1 first frequency domain unit group, and each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers.
- the reference signal occupies the symbol 2 in the time domain, and is disposed on the frequency domain unit of the three consecutive frequency domain units at the center position in the frequency domain.
- the first TTI resource block includes 12 consecutive frequency domain units, and the 12 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes six consecutive frequency domain units.
- the reference signal may be configured on two frequency domain units at a central position in each of the first frequency domain unit groups.
- the reference signal is configured on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, where the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups
- Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units
- the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups the second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency domain S 1 units of R 1 of first frequency domain and the cell group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, the frequency-domain S 1 unit
- the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units are discretely distributed.
- resource block #C (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 5 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 5 consecutive frequency domain units. Dividing into one first frequency domain unit group, each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers, and the reference signal is configured on three frequency domain units of the five consecutive frequency domain units, the three frequency domains. The cells are equally spaced.
- the resource block #C includes 16 consecutive frequency domain units, and the 16 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes eight consecutive frequency domain units.
- the reference signal may be configured on four frequency domain units in each of the first frequency domain unit groups, and one of the two frequency domain units in the four frequency domain units is separated by a frequency domain unit.
- frequency domain unit #1 for ease of understanding and description
- the L subcarriers may be divided into L subcarrier groups, the L subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit #1, and each subcarrier group includes 1 subcarrier.
- FIG. 5a is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit #1, and the 4 subcarriers are located. The same symbol, and is equally spaced in the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the L subcarriers may be divided into two subcarrier groups, the two subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit #1, and each subcarrier group includes (L/2) subcarriers.
- FIG. 5b is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 3 symbols in the time domain, 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the four subcarriers are located in the same symbol and are divided into two subcarrier groups, and each subcarrier group includes two consecutive subcarriers.
- the two subcarrier groups are equally spaced in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the reference signal occupies L subcarriers in frequency domain unit #1, the L subcarriers being consecutive subcarriers, and the L consecutive subcarriers are located at a central location within frequency domain unit #1.
- FIG. 5c is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit #1, and the 4 subcarriers are located. The same symbol and located at the center of the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the reference signal is configured on one of the M symbols and fills the entire symbol.
- Figure 5d illustrates an arrangement of reference signals on a frequency domain unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 2 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal fills the entire symbol in the frequency domain unit #1, that is, 12 subcarriers are occupied.
- the discrete distribution of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit can make the channel estimation performance better, and the continuous distribution of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit can make the orthogonality of the frequency domain better. Therefore, the mode 1 can guarantee a certain frequency domain.
- the channel estimation performance is better in the case of orthogonality.
- mode 2 can utilize the orthogonality of L consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain to transmit more in frequency domain code division multiplexing. Layer signal.
- Mode 1 and Mode 2 are exemplified by a reference signal being located on one symbol.
- the features described in the above modes 1 and 2 are still applicable.
- mode 3 the case where one reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols is described in the above manner, and is described as mode 3.
- the L REs may be divided into (L/2) RE groups, and the (L/2) RE groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit #1, and each RE group Includes 2 REs adjacent in the time domain.
- FIG. 5e is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 8 REs in the frequency domain unit #1, and the 8 RE points It is a group of 4 REs, located in two adjacent symbols, and is equally spaced in the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the frequency domain unit #1 includes 2 symbols in the time domain, 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 8 REs in the frequency domain unit #1, and the 8
- the REs are divided into 2 RE groups, and each RE group includes 4 REs, corresponding to 2 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and 2 consecutive symbols in the time domain.
- the two RE groups are equally spaced at intervals of 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit #1.
- the above manner 2 is similar to the above manner 3 in that a reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols, and details are not described herein again.
- the configuration of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit avoids the Common Reference Signal (CRS) position.
- the downlink reference signal is different from the RE occupied by the CRS.
- any one of the configuration manners of the reference signal in the time domain, any one of the configuration manners of the reference signal on the N frequency domain units, and the reference signal in one frequency domain unit Any one of the configuration modes can be used in combination to determine the time-frequency resource location of the reference signal.
- the time-frequency resource location of the reference signal is specifically described. It is assumed that 1 ms is divided into 7 TTIs, each TTI is 2 symbols in length, and the 0th TTI is assumed to be used for transmitting the PDCCH.
- the reference signal is located at symbol 2, symbol 6 and symbol 10 within 1 ms in the time domain, and includes two subcarrier groups equally spaced in a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, each Each subcarrier group includes 2 consecutive subcarriers.
- the network device divides the frequency domain resource into H frequency domain unit groups, and each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, wherein each of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units is configured on the frequency domain unit.
- Reference signal The network device determines that the physical channel occupies R 1 frequency domain unit groups in the H frequency domain unit groups.
- the first reference signal can support up to G antenna ports, the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g represents the number of the first antenna port of the G antenna ports.
- Each antenna port corresponds to a reference signal.
- the reference signals of any two of the G antenna ports may be distinguished by different occupied time domain resources, or different occupied frequency domain resources, or different sequence of reference signals.
- the G antenna ports correspond to G reference signals, and any two reference signals of the G reference signals (hereinafter referred to as reference signal j and reference signal k for ease of understanding and description) may be configured by 4 Kind of situation.
- the reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same in the S frequency domain units.
- the reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different.
- the reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same in the S frequency domain units.
- the reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different in the S frequency domain units.
- FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of reference signals of different antenna ports in one frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention.
- the following reference signals are taken as an example for description, and the uplink reference signals are similar and will not be described again.
- the G antenna ports are divided into at least two groups, and the specific division manner is not limited.
- the reference signals of the antenna ports in each group occupy the same time-frequency resource position, and are distinguished by different reference signals;
- the reference signal of the antenna port between the groups is occupied by The time domain resources are different, or the occupied frequency domain resources are different; the number of REs occupied by the reference signals of the two antenna ports of different groups may be the same or different.
- the first reference signal supports up to 8 antenna ports
- the port number is 7 to 14
- the 8 antenna ports are divided into 2 groups
- the first group antenna port includes ports 7 to 10
- the second group antenna port includes ports. 11 to 14.
- the reference signals of ports 7 to 10 occupy the position corresponding to reference signal #1 shown in FIG. 7a and are distinguished by 4 orthogonal reference signal sequences
- the reference signals of ports 11 to 14 occupy the same as shown in FIG. 7a.
- the position corresponding to reference signal #2 is distinguished by four orthogonal reference signal sequences.
- the four orthogonal reference signal sequences included in the first group and the four orthogonal reference signal sequences included in the second group may be the same or different.
- FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of reference signals of different antenna ports in one frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention.
- the following reference signals are taken as an example for description, and the uplink reference signals are similar and will not be described again.
- each of the G reference signals is located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit are the same, and any of the G reference signals
- the two reference signals are distinguished by two orthogonal reference signal sequences.
- the configuration of the resource block (ie, the first TTI resource block) and the first reference signal in the time domain or the frequency domain according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 7b.
- a method of generating a reference signal sequence in an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 7b.
- any one of the G antenna ports (for ease of understanding and description, hereinafter referred to as antenna port #1) a reference signal (hereinafter referred to as reference signal #1 for ease of understanding and description) is configured on S frequency domain units among N frequency domain units included in the first TTI resource block, and at the S frequency Each of the frequency domain units in the domain unit occupies L subcarriers.
- the length of the reference signal #1 is Z, or that the sequence of the reference signal #1 includes Z elements, or that the sequence of the reference signal #1 occupies Z on the first TTI resource block. RE.
- a method for generating G reference signals corresponding to G antenna ports includes multiple manners.
- the transmitting device generates Q first sequences of length Z, and any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively Q antennas of the G antenna ports Reference signal sequence of the port, Q ⁇ G,
- the Q first sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences are orthogonal.
- the transmitting device may generate Q lengths of Z according to sequence #1 of length Z (ie, an example of the second sequence) and Q sequences #2 of length L (ie, a column of the third sequence).
- Sequence #3 ie, an example of the first sequence, wherein any two of the Q sequences #2 are orthogonal to each other, and any two of the Q sequences #3 are orthogonal to the sequence #3 .
- the second sequence of length Z is obtained by the following r sequence:
- c(x) represents a formula for generating a pseudo-random sequence.
- L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit
- the number of frequency domain units that can be occupied by the system bandwidth, that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the entire bandwidth
- the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located corresponds to the second sequence in the r sequence
- the elements on the S frequency domain units are composed.
- L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit
- the number of frequency domain units occupied by the bandwidth of the short TTI transmission that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the bandwidth of the short TTI transmission, and the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located. And consisting of elements in the r sequence corresponding to the S frequency domain units.
- L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit, The size is equal to the number of frequency domain units S in which the reference signal is located, that is, the r sequence is the second sequence.
- L S is a number of REs occupied by reference signals on a frequency domain unit within 1 ms
- the number of frequency domain units occupied by the system bandwidth, that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the entire bandwidth within 1 ms
- the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located is from the r sequence Corresponding to the element composition on the S frequency domain units.
- the Q third sequence of length L is obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L.
- OCC sequence #1 and OCC sequence #2 of length 2 are selected as the base sequence, wherein OCC sequence #1 is [11], OCC sequence #2 is [-11], repeating OCC sequence #1 twice to obtain sequence #3 as [1111], and repeating OCC sequence #2 twice, to obtain sequence #4 as [-11-11], sequence #3 and Sequence #4 is the Q third sequence of length L.
- the OCC sequence #1 is repeated twice in a positive and negative manner to obtain the sequence #5 as [1111]
- the OCC sequence #2 is repeated twice in a positive and negative manner to obtain the sequence #6 as [- 111-1]
- sequence #5 and sequence #6 are Q third sequences of length L.
- the base sequence OCC sequence #1 and the OCC sequence #2 may be considered to correspond to Q antenna ports, respectively.
- OCC sequence #1, #2, #3, #4 of length 4 are selected as the base sequence, wherein the OCC sequence #1 is [ 1111], OCC sequence #2 is [1-11-1], OCC sequence #3 is [11-1-1], OCC sequence #4 is [1-1-11], base sequence #1, #2, #3, #4 is the third sequence of Q length L.
- the base sequences #1, #2, #3, and #4 may be considered to correspond to Q antenna ports, respectively.
- the Q third sequences of length L are obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is:
- n CS represents the available cyclic shift
- the Q third sequences of length L can be obtained by Q different cyclic shifts of the same W sequence, Q ⁇ n CS .
- the Q-length third sequence of L is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 and the Q-length third sequence is composed of Q orthogonal mask OCCs of length n 1 .
- the sequence is obtained in a similar manner and will not be described here.
- r sequence or the W sequence in the embodiment of the present invention is generated in the same manner as the r sequence or the W sequence in the prior art.
- the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, including: in a third sequence of Q length L
- Each third sequence is repeated S times to obtain Q sequences of length Z, and the elements in each of the Q length Z sequences are multiplied by the elements in the second sequence of length Z.
- Q first sequences of length Z are obtained.
- the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, including: in a third sequence of Q length L
- Each of the third sequences is repeated one by one to obtain Q sequences of length Z
- the elements in each of the Q sequences of length Z and the elements in the second sequence of length Z are A corresponding point multiplication gives Q first sequences of length Z.
- the transmitting device generates Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively Q of the G antenna ports Reference signal sequence of antenna ports, Q ⁇ G,
- the Q fourth sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a Q sequence of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q fifth sequences are orthogonal.
- the N frequency domain units included in the first TTI resource block are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups. Frequency domain unit.
- the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each second frequency domain unit group includes S 1 frequency domain units.
- the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the transmission device upon determining a first resource block TTI, the need to ensure the N frequency-domain units R 1 may be divided into cell groups of the first frequency domain, frequency domain and each of the first unit should include The same number of frequency domain units. That is to say, the resources occupied by the TTI resource block in the frequency domain are in units of frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units.
- the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups included in the first TTI resource block may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain.
- the transmitting device may generate Q lengths Z according to sequence #4 of length Z (ie, an example of the second sequence) and Q sequences #5 of length Z 1 (ie, a column of the fifth sequence).
- Sequence #6 i.e., an example of the fourth sequence in which any two of the Q sequences #5 are orthogonal to each other. Therefore, any two of the generated Q sequences #6 are orthogonal to the sequence #6.
- the second sequence is generated in the same manner as the second sequence in the mode 1
- the fifth sequence is generated in the same manner as the third sequence in the mode 1
- the fourth sequence is generated and the mode is The first sequence is generated in a similar manner and will not be described here.
- the transmitting device generates Q sixth sequences of length Z, and any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively Q antennas of the G antenna ports
- the reference signal sequence of the port, Q ⁇ G is the reference signal sequence of the port, Q ⁇ G.
- the Q sixth sequences are obtained by repeating R 1 times according to Q first Zoffov-Chu ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two first ZC sequences of the Q first ZC sequences are orthogonal .
- the transmitting device generates only one set of sequences (hereinafter referred to as sequence #a for ease of understanding and description), and each of the different scheduling units uses the sequence #a, wherein the set of sequences includes G A sequence of G reference signals corresponding to the antenna ports.
- the sending device generates a plurality of sets of sequences, each of the different scheduling units uses a set of sequences, wherein the set of sequences includes a sequence of G reference signals corresponding to the G antenna ports.
- sequence #a For ease of understanding and description, hereinafter referred to as sequence #a, sequence #b, and sequence #c
- the first scheduling unit uses sequence #a
- the second scheduling unit uses sequence #b
- the third scheduling unit uses sequence #c.
- the manner in which the reference signal sequence on each symbol is generated may be any one of the above-described sequence generation methods.
- two mutually adjacent REs in the time domain may be spread using a mutually orthogonal OCC sequence of length 2, wherein the manner of spreading is the same as that of the prior art.
- the reference signal sequences of different antenna ports are orthogonally segmented by orthogonal sequence codes in one frequency domain unit or in one frequency domain unit group.
- the transmitting device is a network device and the receiving device is a user device.
- FIG. 8 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 100 of transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as described in terms of device interaction.
- the method 200 includes a network device and a user device.
- the method 100 includes:
- the network device determines a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block is M symbols are occupied in the time domain, and N frequency domain units are occupied in the frequency domain, and each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1 , K ⁇ 2.
- each frequency domain unit may be considered to include 12 consecutive subcarriers.
- the first TTI resource block is used to transmit a physical channel or a reference signal.
- the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are consecutive.
- the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are discontinuous.
- the network device determines that the frequency domain resource occupied by the TTI resource block is in a frequency domain unit group, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 2.
- the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 frequency domain unit groups may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, R 1 ⁇ 1.
- the network device determines P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where P ⁇ 1.
- the network device determines the P reference signals, including determining the number of antenna ports of the reference signal transmitted on the first TTI resource block as P, determining an antenna port number corresponding to the P antenna ports, and determining the P antenna ports. a time domain position of each antenna port on the first TTI resource block, or a frequency domain location, or a corresponding reference signal sequence, etc., where P ⁇ G.
- the network device determines that the port number of the P antenna ports is not limited to start from the first antenna port number. For example, if a maximum of four antenna ports can be supported, the network device determines to transmit two reference signals, and the two reference signals are used.
- the antenna port number corresponding to the signal may be port g and port (g+1); the antenna port number corresponding to the two reference signals may also be port (g+2) and port (g+3); the two reference signals
- the corresponding antenna port number can also be port (g+1) and port (g+3).
- time domain position, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal provided in the above embodiment, or the configuration manner of different antenna ports, or the sequence generation manner of the reference signal are applicable here.
- the time domain location, the frequency domain location, and the sequence of the reference signal of the reference signal corresponding to each port number of the G antenna ports are uniquely determined, and the network device and the user equipment can determine the reference signal before the transmission of the reference signal.
- the network device determines P reference signals, and may determine, for the network device, the port number of the P antenna ports corresponding to the P reference signals.
- resource blocks #a, #b, #c are three time-domain contiguous resource blocks, wherein three reference signals are transmitted on resource block #a, and the antenna ports of the three reference signals are respectively g, (g+1) ), (g+2).
- the reference signal corresponding to port g is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #a
- the reference signal corresponding to port (g+1) is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #b, port (g+ 2)
- the corresponding reference signal is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #c.
- the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is that the network device notifies the user equipment by signaling.
- the network device notifies the user equipment of the information of the at least one of the determined P reference signals.
- the information includes the number of antenna ports of the reference signal, or the antenna port number, or the time domain position of the reference signal, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal, or the sequence generation parameter of the reference signal, or the orthogonal code used by the reference signal. Wait.
- the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the first TTI resource block.
- the information of the first TTI resource block includes the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain, or the number of frequency domain units occupied in the frequency domain.
- the network device may select a pattern of a suitable reference signal according to a current channel state or a moving speed of the user equipment.
- the network device transmits the P reference signals to the at least one user equipment.
- the network device transmits each of its corresponding P reference signals on each of the P antenna ports.
- the foregoing P reference signals determined by the network device may be sent to one user equipment, or may be sent to multiple user equipments.
- the P reference signals may be used for the first TTI resource block, and may also be used for other TTI resource blocks.
- the user equipment receives at least one of the P reference signals sent by the network device.
- the user equipment further receives indication information of an antenna port number sent by the network device.
- the user equipment performs at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, and radio resource control (Radio).
- AGC automatic gain control
- Radio radio resource control
- RRM Resource Management
- the network device determines a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block and the first TTI resource block are The number of symbols occupied in the time domain may be the same or different;
- the network device transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
- the reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, where the number of layers of the first physical channel is equal to the number I of the antenna ports; and the P antenna ports are The reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports are used for demodulation of the second physical channel, and the number of layers of the second physical channel is equal to the number of antenna ports J, 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the reference signal for demodulating the first physical channel (assuming there are one) and the reference signal for demodulating the second physical channel (assuming that there are J) may be in the same TTI. transmission.
- the network device sends P reference signals and a first physical channel to the user equipment, where one of the P reference signals is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and J is used for the first Demodulation of two physical channels.
- the network device transmits a second physical channel to the user equipment.
- first physical channel and the second physical channel may be physical channels of the same user equipment, or may be physical channels of different user equipments.
- One of the P antenna ports and the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports may be the same antenna port, or may be different antenna ports, or may be partially identical antenna ports.
- the first physical channel and the second physical channel are sent to the same user equipment, where the antenna port corresponding to the one reference signal and the antenna port corresponding to the J reference signals may be the same or different.
- the first TTI receives the first physical channel and the I reference signals for demodulating the first physical channel and the J reference signals for demodulating the second physical channel, so the user equipment can Demodulating the first physical channel according to the one reference signal, and after receiving the second physical channel in the second TTI, according to the J reference for the second physical channel demodulation received in the first TTI The signal demodulates the second physical channel.
- the first physical channel is sent to the user equipment 1, and the second physical channel is sent to the user equipment 2.
- the antenna port corresponding to the one reference signal is different from the antenna port corresponding to the J reference signals.
- the first physical channel and the I reference signals for demodulating the first physical channel are received at the first TTI, and therefore, the user equipment 1 can according to the I reference
- the signal demodulates the first physical channel; for the user equipment 2, the J reference signals for demodulating the second physical channel are received at the first TTI, and therefore, after the second TTI receives the second physical channel
- the user equipment 2 demodulates the second physical channel according to the J reference signals received on the first TTI.
- At least one of the P reference signals does not carry precoding information.
- the physical channel or reference signal on the first TTI resource block carries the same precoding matrix information.
- the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, where each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the N 1 consecutive.
- the physical channel or the reference signal on the frequency domain unit carries the same precoding matrix information, and the different frequency domain unit groups may carry the same precoding matrix information, and may also carry different precoding matrix information.
- the downlink demodulation reference signal is usually configured on the last two symbols of a time slot, and the channel can be demodulated only after the reference signal is received. Therefore, the method for transmitting a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present invention can shorten the delay of downlink physical channel demodulation.
- the method for transmitting a reference signal is described below with reference to FIG. 9 in which the above line transmission (ie, the transmitting device is a UE and the receiving device is a network device).
- the method 200 includes a network device and a user device. As shown in FIG. 9, the method 200 includes:
- the network device sends the indication information to the user equipment, where the indication information is used to indicate the P reference signals or the first TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission.
- the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, and P ⁇ 1.
- all indication information may enable the network device to pass physical layer signaling or media access control (MAC) layer signaling or radio resource control (Radio Resource). Control, RRC) signaling is sent to the user equipment.
- MAC media access control
- Radio Resource Radio Resource
- all the indication information may be sent by the network device to the user equipment by using the carrier or the non-local carrier.
- the uplink reference signal can support up to G antenna ports
- the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1)
- g indicates the number of the first antenna port of the G antenna ports
- each antenna port corresponds to A reference signal.
- the network device determines that the P reference signals are used for the uplink transmission of the user equipment, and are sent to the user equipment by using the indication information, where the indication information may include the P
- the antenna port numbers corresponding to the antenna ports respectively determine a time domain position, or a frequency domain position, or a corresponding reference signal sequence of each of the P antenna ports on the first TTI resource block, where P ⁇ G.
- the network device determines that the port number of the P antenna ports is not limited to start from the first antenna port number. For example, if a maximum of four antenna ports can be supported, the network device determines to transmit two reference signals, and the two reference signals are used.
- the antenna port number corresponding to the signal may be port g and port (g+1); the antenna port number corresponding to the two reference signals may also be port (g+2) and port (g+3); the two reference signals
- the corresponding antenna port number can also be port (g+1) and port (g+3).
- time domain position, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal provided in the above embodiment, or the configuration manner of different antenna ports, or the sequence generation manner of the reference signal are applicable here.
- the time domain location, the frequency domain location, and the sequence of the reference signal of the reference signal corresponding to each port number of the G antenna ports are uniquely determined, and the network device and the user equipment can determine the reference signal before the transmission of the reference signal.
- the indication information is used to indicate P reference signals used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, and may be port numbers of P antenna ports corresponding to the P reference signals.
- resource blocks #a, #b, #c are three time-domain contiguous resource blocks, wherein three reference signals are transmitted on resource block #a, and the antenna ports of the three reference signals are respectively g, (g+1) ), (g+2).
- the reference signal corresponding to port g is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #a
- the reference signal corresponding to port (g+1) is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #b, port (g+ 2)
- the corresponding reference signal is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #c.
- the indication information may be used to indicate a TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, and the user equipment may determine P antenna port numbers corresponding to the P reference signals according to the relationship between the reference signal port and the TTI resource block, thereby determining the P. Reference signals.
- the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is that the network device notifies the user equipment by signaling.
- the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the P reference signals.
- the information includes the number of antenna ports of the reference signal, or the antenna port number, or the time domain position of the reference signal, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal, or the sequence generation parameter of the reference signal, or the orthogonal code used by the reference signal. Wait.
- the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the first TTI resource block.
- the information of the first TTI resource block includes the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain, Or the number of frequency domain units occupied in the frequency domain.
- the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, where each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers. Where M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2. Further optionally, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are continuous. Or, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are discontinuous. Or, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 2, The R 1 frequency domain unit group may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and R 1 ⁇ 1.
- the user equipment transmits the P reference signals to the network device on the first TTI resource block according to the indication information.
- the user equipment sends a reference signal corresponding to the antenna port on each of the P antenna ports.
- the network device receives P reference signals sent by the user equipment.
- the network device performs at least one of the following according to the P reference signals: channel estimation, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, and channel state information measurement.
- the user equipment further transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, where the number of layers of the first physical channel is less than or equal to the number P of antenna ports.
- the P reference signals are used for demodulation of the first physical channel
- the network device receives the first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and the network device may demodulate the first physical channel according to the P reference signals.
- the network device further indicates a second TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block and the The number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain may be the same or different.
- the user equipment transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block, where the number of layers of the second physical channel is less than or equal to the number P of antenna ports.
- the network device may demodulate the second physical channel according to the P reference signals received on the first TTI.
- At least one of the P reference signals does not carry precoding information.
- the physical channel or reference signal on the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block carries the same precoding matrix information.
- the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, where each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the N 1 consecutive.
- the physical channel or the reference signal on the frequency domain unit carries the same precoding matrix information, and the different frequency domain unit groups may carry the same precoding matrix information, and may also carry different precoding matrix information.
- the overhead of the uplink reference signal can be reduced, and the delay of the uplink physical channel demodulation can be shortened.
- FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the apparatus 300 includes a determining unit 310 and a transmitting unit 320, where
- the determining unit 310 is configured to determine a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block carries a first physical channel, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and is occupied in the frequency domain.
- N frequency domain units, each of the N frequency domain units comprising K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2;
- the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, and at least one of the P reference signals is used to demodulate the first physical channel, P ⁇ 1;
- the transmitting unit 320 is configured to receive, by the receiving device, the P reference signals, where an ith reference signal of the P reference signals is located in S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and in the S Each frequency domain unit in the frequency domain unit occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N, 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K.
- the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs.
- the ith reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols, or
- the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- the ith reference signal of the P reference signals includes Z.
- the first generating unit 330 is configured to generate Q first sequences of length Z, where any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports.
- Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports, Q ⁇ P wherein the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any of the Q third sequences The two third sequences are orthogonal.
- the Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L, or
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups.
- a frequency domain unit the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3, 2 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3 , 1 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ N 1 -2.
- the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the second generating unit 340 is configured to generate Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports.
- a reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports, Q ⁇ P wherein the Q fourth sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a fifth sequence of length Z 1 , in the Q fifth sequence Any two fifth sequences are orthogonal.
- the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the third generating unit 350 is configured to generate Q sixth sequences of length Z, and any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the N frequency domain units.
- the subcarriers are the same, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units.
- the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;
- the transmitting unit 320 is specifically configured to transmit a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmit a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
- the reference signals corresponding to the one antenna port of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the J reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ⁇ 1, 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a transmitting apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively The various steps performed by the sending device in FIG. 8 are implemented, and are not described herein for brevity.
- the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a short TTI transmission scenario.
- the configuration pattern of the reference signal and the reference signal sequence can support the transmission of the reference signal in the short TTI transmission scenario.
- FIG. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- the device 400 includes a receiving unit 410 and a processing unit 420, where
- the receiving unit 410 is configured to receive at least one of the P reference signals sent by the sending device, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where the P reference signals are carried in the first transmission time interval.
- the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, where each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive Subcarriers, where P ⁇ 1, M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2, the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located in S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units And occupying L subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units and located on one of the M symbols, where 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N, 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K;
- the processing unit 420 is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement, and positioning measurement .
- the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discrete within the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, and includes:
- the ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols;
- the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- a first generating unit configured to generate a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, where The first sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 Continuing frequency domain units
- the S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3, 2 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up ,or
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3 , 1 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ N 1 -2.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups are one by one
- each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements
- the N sequence units comprise Z elements
- Z 1 S 1 ⁇ L
- Z R 1 ⁇ Z 1
- the device also includes:
- a second generating unit configured to reference the i-th signal generating fourth sequence of length Z, wherein Z according to the length of the fourth sequence to obtain a fifth sequence of a second sequence and length Z is.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups are one by one
- each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements
- the N sequence units comprise Z elements
- Z 1 S 1 ⁇ L
- Z R 1 ⁇ Z 1
- the device also includes:
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are in each of the S frequency domain units.
- the occupied subcarriers are the same, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are in the The subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different.
- the receiving unit is further configured to receive a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, and the first physical channel corresponds to the P One antenna port in the antenna port;
- the device also includes:
- a demodulation unit configured to demodulate the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to the one antenna port.
- the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, and the second TTI resource block is the first TTI a TTI resource block after the resource block, where the second physical channel corresponds to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;
- the receiving device demodulates the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the apparatus 400 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a receiving apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively The various steps performed by the receiving device in FIG. 8 are implemented, and are not described herein for brevity.
- the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
- FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the apparatus 500 includes a processor 510, a transceiver 520, a memory 530, and a bus system 540, wherein the processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 can be connected by a bus system 540, which can be used for Storing instructions, the processor 510 is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory 530,
- the first TTI resource block determines, by the first TTI resource block, a first physical channel, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N in the frequency domain. a frequency domain unit, each of the N frequency domain units comprising K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2;
- P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, P ⁇ 1;
- the control transceiver 520 is configured to transmit the P reference signals, where an ith reference signal of the P reference signals is located in S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and in the S frequency domain Each frequency domain unit in the unit occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N, 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K.
- the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs.
- the ith reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols, or
- the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- the processor 510 is specifically configured to generate Q first sequences of length Z, Any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are reference signal sequences of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports, respectively, Q ⁇ P, wherein the Q A sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two of the Q sequences are orthogonal.
- the Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L, or
- the Q third sequence is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is
- n CS represents the available cyclic shift
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups.
- a frequency domain unit the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3, 2 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3 , 1 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ N 1 -2.
- the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the N frequency domain units.
- the subcarriers are the same, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units.
- the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;
- the transmitting unit 320 is specifically configured to transmit a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmit a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
- the reference signals corresponding to the one antenna port of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the J reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ⁇ 1, 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P, 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the processor 510 may be a central processing unit (“CPU"), and the processor 510 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs). , an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, and the like.
- the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
- the memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 510.
- a portion of processor 510 may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
- processor 510 can also store information of the type of device.
- the bus system 540 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 540 in the figure.
- each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 510 or an instruction in a form of software.
- the steps of the method for transmitting a reference signal disclosed in the embodiment of the present invention may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
- the storage medium is located in memory 530, and processor 510 reads the information in memory 530 and, in conjunction with its hardware, performs the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- Apparatus 500 for transmitting a reference signal may correspond to the present invention a transmitting device in a method of transmitting a reference signal of an embodiment, and each unit in the device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above respectively implement a corresponding flow performed by the network device in FIG. 8 (or FIG. 9), Concise, no longer repeat here.
- the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
- FIG. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- the device 600 includes a processor 610, a transceiver 620, a memory 630, and a bus system 640, wherein the processor 610, the transceiver 620, and the memory 630 can be connected by a bus system 640, which can be used for Storing instructions, the processor 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory 630, to control the transceiver 620 to receive at least one of the P reference signals sent by the transmitting device, where the P reference signals are P antenna ports.
- the P reference signals are carried on a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, Each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where P ⁇ 1, M ⁇ 1, N ⁇ 1, K ⁇ 2, the ith reference in the at least one reference signal
- the signal is located on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and occupies L subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, and is located in one of the M symbols Above, wherein 1 ⁇ S ⁇ N, 1 ⁇ L ⁇ K;
- the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, including:
- the ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols;
- the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- a first sequence wherein the first sequence is derived from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
- the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups.
- a frequency domain unit the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3, 2 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
- the S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ⁇ 3 , 1 ⁇ S 1 ⁇ N 1 -2.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the S frequency domain units.
- the subcarriers are the same, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency
- the subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are different, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or
- the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units.
- the transceiver 620 is specifically configured to receive a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, where the first physical channel corresponds to the P antenna ports. I antenna port;
- the processor 620 is specifically configured to demodulate the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to one of the P antenna ports, where 1 ⁇ I ⁇ P.
- the transceiver 620 is specifically configured to receive a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is the first TTI resource block. a TTI resource block, the second physical channel corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;
- the processor 620 is specifically configured to demodulate the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1 ⁇ J ⁇ P.
- the processor 610 may be a central processing unit ("CPU"), and the processor 610 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs). , an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, and the like.
- the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
- the memory 630 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 610.
- a portion of processor 610 may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
- the processor 610 can also store information of the device type.
- the bus system 640 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 640 in the figure.
- each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 610 or an instruction in a form of software.
- the steps of the method for transmitting a reference signal disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or using a hard processor.
- the combination of the piece and the software module is completed.
- the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
- the storage medium is located in the memory 630, and the processor 610 reads the information in the memory 630 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the apparatus 600 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a receiving apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above For the sake of brevity, the corresponding processes performed by the user equipment in FIG. 8 (or FIG. 9) are not described here.
- the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
- the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
- the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
- the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
- the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
- there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
- the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
- the unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, may be located in one place. Or it can be distributed to multiple network elements. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
- the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
- the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
- the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (RAM), a random access memory (ROM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the embodiment of the present invention is a method for transmitting a reference signal, which is capable of supporting the transmission of the reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario. The method comprises: a transmission device determines a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, which occupies M symbols in a time domain and N frequency domain units in a frequency domain, each of the N frequency domain units comprising K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M≥1, N≥1, and K≥2; the transmission device determines P reference signals, which are reference signals of P antenna ports, P≥1; the transmission device transmits the P reference signals to a receiving device, wherein the i-th reference signal in the P reference signals is located on S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units, also located on L subcarriers of each frequency domain unit in the S frequency domain units, and is located on a symbol in the M symbols, wherein 1≤S≤N and 1≤L<K.
Description
本发明涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及传输参考信号的方法和装置。The present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting reference signals.
在通讯网络中,时延是一个关键的绩效指标(Key Performance Indicator,KPI),同时也影响着用户的使用体验。随着通讯协议的发展,对时延影响最明显的物理层的传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)(或者说,调度间隔)也越来越小,在最初的宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中,调度间隔是10ms,高速分组接入(High-Speed Packet Access,HSPA)中调度间隔缩短到2ms,长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)中调度间隔缩短到1ms。小时延的业务需求使得LTE物理层需要引入短TTI帧结构,以进一步缩短调度间隔。In the communication network, latency is a key performance indicator (KPI), which also affects the user experience. With the development of communication protocols, the Transmission Time Interval (TTI) (or scheduling interval) of the physical layer, which has the most obvious impact on delay, is getting smaller and smaller, in the initial wideband code division multiple access (Wideband). In Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), the scheduling interval is 10 ms, the scheduling interval in High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) is shortened to 2 ms, and the scheduling interval in Long Term Evolution (LTE) is shortened to 1 ms. The hourly service requirement requires the LTE physical layer to introduce a short TTI frame structure to further shorten the scheduling interval.
现有的按1ms TTI调度LTE系统中,支持解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)的传输模式,其中,下行解调参考信号在1ms TTI包括的两个时隙中每个时隙的最后两个符号上,如果引入支持DMRS的传输模式的短TTI传输且保持现有的DMRS的图案不变,由于接收侧需要先等到接收完DMRS后才能对接收到的短TTI上的信息进行解调,现有的DMRS的图案增加了处理时延,因此不再适用于短TTI传输。The existing LTE system for scheduling 1 ms TTI supports a transmission mode of a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), wherein the downlink demodulation reference signal is at the end of each of the two slots included in the 1 ms TTI. On the two symbols, if the short TTI transmission supporting the transmission mode of the DMRS is introduced and the pattern of the existing DMRS is kept unchanged, the receiving side needs to wait until the DMRS is received before demodulating the information on the received short TTI. The existing DMRS pattern adds processing delay and is therefore no longer suitable for short TTI transmissions.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种传输参考信号的方法,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。The present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
第一方面,本申请提供一种传输参考信号的方法,该方法包括:发送设备确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2;该发送设备确定P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,P≥1;该发送设备向接收设备传输该P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在该S个频域单
元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising: determining, by a transmitting device, a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in a time domain, in a frequency domain N frequency domain units are occupied, each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where M≥1, N≥1, K≥2; the transmitting device determines P reference signals The P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, P≥1; the transmitting device transmits the P reference signals to the receiving device, where the i th reference signal of the P reference signals is located S frequency domain units in N frequency domain units, and in the S frequency domain
Each of the frequency domain units in the element occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第一种实现方式中,该S个频域单元中每个频域单元的该L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,该R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,该R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarriers The group is discretely distributed within the frequency domain unit to which it belongs, and each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L,1 ≤ C ≤ (L / 2).
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第二种实现方式中,该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第一个符号上,或该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,该第m个符号为该M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect, the ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols, or the ith reference signal is located in the The mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/2), ceil() indicates upward Rounded up, or the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第三种实现方式中,该N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,该R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,该S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,该R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,该R1个第一频域单元组与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,该S1个频域单元为该N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1,或该S1个频域单元在该N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或该S1个频域单元为位于该N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups Each of the frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups The second frequency domain unit group includes S 1 frequency domain units, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 · R 1 , the S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 , or the S 1 frequency domain unit is in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units a discrete distribution, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), ceil () represents rounding up, or the S 1 frequency domain unit is located in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain unit The frequency domain unit of the central position, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第四种实现方式中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,该方法还包括:该发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,该Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,该Q个第一序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,该Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, the ith reference signal of the P reference signals includes Z elements, Z=S·L, the method further includes: The transmitting device generates Q first sequences of length Z, and any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports. a reference signal sequence, Q ≤ P, wherein the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences Orthogonal.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第五种实现方式中,该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到,n1为小于或等于L的偶数,或该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,该W序列为nCS=0,1,...m1-1,其中,m1表示
W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位,Q≤nCS。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect, the Q third sequence is obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , where n 1 is less than or equal to An even number of L, or the Q third sequence is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is n CS =0,1,...m 1 -1, where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift, Q ≤ n CS .
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第六种实现方式中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该方法还包括:该发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,该Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,该Q个第四序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,该Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence unit and the R One second frequency domain unit group is in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z= R 1 · Z 1 , the method further includes: the transmitting device generates Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively a reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports, Q≤P, wherein the Q fourth sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a fifth sequence of length Z 1 , the Q Any two of the fifth sequences in the fifth sequence are orthogonal.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第七种实现方式中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该方法还包括:该发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,该Q个第六序列中的任意两个第六序列正交,该Q个第六序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到,该Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence unit and the R One second frequency domain unit group is in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z= R 1 · Z 1 , the method further includes: the transmitting device generates Q sixth sequences of length Z, and any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively a reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports, Q ≤ P, wherein the Q sixth sequences are repeatedly obtained according to Q first shovel-Chu ZC sequences of length Z 1 , the Q Any two first ZC sequences in a ZC sequence are orthogonal.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第八种实现方式中,该P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该第一频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an eighth implementation manner of the first aspect, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are in the first The subcarriers occupied in the frequency domain unit are the same, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are different. Or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are the same, or the jth reference signal and The kth reference signal is located on a different symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the N frequency domain units are different, wherein 1≤j≤P, 1≤k≤P, j≠k .
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式,在第一方面的第九种实现方式中,该方法还包括:该发送设备确定第二TTI资源块,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块;该发送设备在该第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在该第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;其中,该P个天线
端口中的I个天线端口用于该第一物理信道的解调,该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口用于该第二物理信道的解调,P≥1,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a ninth implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the sending device determining a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is the first TTI resource block a subsequent TTI resource block; the transmitting device transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block; wherein the P antenna
One antenna port in the port is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the second physical channel, P≥1, 1≤I≤P, 1 ≤ J ≤ P.
第二方面,本申请提供一种传输参考信号的方法,该方法包括:接收设备接收发送设备发送的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,该P个参考信号承载在第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块上,该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,P≥1,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在该S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K;该接收设备根据该至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制AGC调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理RRM测量、定位测量。In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising: receiving, by a receiving device, at least one of P reference signals sent by a transmitting device, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports The P reference signals are carried on the first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and the N frequency domain units Each of the frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where P≥1, M≥1, N≥1, K≥2, and the i th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located in the N frequency S frequency domain units in the domain unit, and occupying L subcarriers in each frequency domain unit of the S frequency domain units, and located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N 1 ≤ L < K; the receiving device performs at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement , positioning measurement.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第一种实现方式中,该S个频域单元中每个频域单元的该L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,该R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,该R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarriers The group is discretely distributed within the frequency domain unit to which it belongs, and each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L,1 ≤ C ≤ (L / 2).
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第二种实现方式中,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第一个符号上;或该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,该第m个符号为该M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整;或该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, including: the ith The reference signal is located on the first one of the M symbols; or the ith reference signal is located on the mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is in the M symbols a symbol of the first n symbols, where n=ceil(M/2), ceil() indicates rounding up; or the ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols .
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第三种实现方式中,该N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,该R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,该S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,该R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,该R1个第一频域单元组与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,该S1个频域单元为该N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或该S1个频域单元在该N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2
≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或该S1个频域单元为位于该N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups Each of the frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups The second frequency domain unit group includes S 1 frequency domain units, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 · R 1 , the S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or the S 1 frequency domain unit is in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units a discrete distribution, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), ceil () indicates rounding up, or the S 1 frequency domain unit is located in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units The frequency domain unit of the central position, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第四种实现方式中,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,该方法还包括:该接收设备为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第一序列,其中,该第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为L的第三序列得到。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes Z elements, Z=S·L, the method further includes: The receiving device generates a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, wherein the first sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第五种实现方式中,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该方法还包括:该接收设备为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第四序列,其中,该第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为Z1的第五序列得到。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the second aspect, the i th reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence unit and the R One second frequency domain unit group is in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z= R 1 ·Z 1 , the method further comprises: the receiving device generating a fourth sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, wherein the fourth sequence is based on a second sequence of length Z and a length Z 1 The fifth sequence is obtained.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第六种实现方式中,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该方法还包括:该接收设备为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第六序列,其中,该第六序列根据长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a sixth implementation manner of the second aspect, the i th reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence unit and the R One second frequency domain unit group is in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z= R 1 · Z 1 , the method further comprises: the receiving device generating a sixth sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, wherein the sixth sequence is based on a first Zodolf-Chu sequence of length Z 1 Repeatedly.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第七种实现方式中,该P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a seventh implementation manner of the second aspect, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and in the S The subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and in each of the S frequency domain units The subcarriers occupied in the unit are different, or the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units are the same, or The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, where 1≤j≤P, 1≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第八种实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接收设备接收第一物理信道,该第一物理信道承载在该第一TTI资源块上,该第一物理信道对应该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口;该接收设备根据该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号对该第一物
理信道进行解调,1≤I≤P。。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in an eighth implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: the receiving device receiving the first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block The first physical channel corresponds to one of the P antenna ports; the receiving device is configured to the first object according to a reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports
The channel is demodulated, 1 ≤ I ≤ P. .
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式,在第二方面的第九种实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接收设备接收第二物理信道,该第二物理信道承载在第二TTI资源块上,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,该第二物理信道对应该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口;该接收设备根据该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号对该第二物理信道进行解调,1≤J≤P。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a ninth implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving, by the receiving device, a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on the second TTI resource block, The second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, and the second physical channel corresponds to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports; the receiving device is configured according to J of the P antenna ports. The reference signal corresponding to the antenna ports demodulates the second physical channel, 1≤J≤P.
第三方面,本申请提供一种传输参考信号的装置,用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a third aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal for performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect. In particular, the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种传输参考信号的装置,用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal for performing the method of any of the second aspect or the second aspect of the second aspect is provided. In particular, the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请提供一种传输参考信号的设备,该设备包括:总线系统、处理器收发器和存储器。其中,收发器、存储器和处理器通过总线系统相连,存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器存储的指令,以控制收发器收发信号,并且当处理器执行存储器存储的指令时,使得处理器执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal, the apparatus comprising: a bus system, a processor transceiver, and a memory. Wherein the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by a bus system, the memory is for storing instructions, the processor is for executing instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor is Performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供一种传输参考信号的设备,该设备包括:总线系统、处理器收发器和存储器。其中,收发器、存储器和处理器通过总线系统相连,存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器存储的指令,以控制收发器收发信号,并且当处理器执行存储器存储的指令时,使得处理器执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal, the apparatus comprising: a bus system, a processor transceiver, and a memory. Wherein the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by a bus system, the memory is for storing instructions, the processor is for executing instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor is Performing the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a seventh aspect, the application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
本申请提供一种传输参考信号的方法和装置,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。
The present application provides a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal capable of supporting transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图1是适用本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法的应用场景。FIG. 1 is an application scenario of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图2是根据本发明实施例的资源块的示意性结构图。2 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource block according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图3a至图3f是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在时域上的配置方式的示意图。3a through 3f are schematic diagrams showing the manner in which reference signals are arranged in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图4a至图4c是根据本发明实施例参考信号在频域上的配置方式的示意图。4a-4c are schematic diagrams showing the manner in which reference signals are arranged in the frequency domain according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5a至图5f是根据本发明实施例参考信号在一个频域单元内的配置方式的示意图。5a through 5f are diagrams showing a manner in which a reference signal is arranged in a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图6是是根据本发明实施例参考信号在一个频域单元组内的配置方式的位置。6 is a location of a configuration of a reference signal within a frequency domain unit group in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图7a和图7b是根据本发明一实施例的不同天线端口的参考信号在一个频域单元内的配置方式的示意图。7a and 7b are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement of reference signals of different antenna ports in a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention.
图8是根据本发明一实施例的传输参考信号的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the invention.
图9是根据本发明另一实施例的传输参考信号的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flow chart of transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图10是根据本发明一实施例的传输参考信号的装置的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图11是根据本发明另一实施例的传输参考信号的装置的示意性框图。11 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图12是根据本发明一实施例的传输参考信号的设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图13是根据本发明另一实施例的传输参考信号的设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明结合用户设备描述了各个实施例,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)可称之为终端(Terminal)、移动台(Mobile Station,MS)、移动终端
(Mobile Terminal)等,该用户设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,用户设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置以及未来5G网络中的终端设备,它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。The present invention describes various embodiments in conjunction with user equipment. User Equipment (UE) may be referred to as a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), and a mobile terminal.
(Mobile Terminal), etc., the user equipment can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), for example, the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), A computer or the like having a mobile terminal, for example, the user equipment may also be a portable, portable, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device and a terminal device in a future 5G network, which exchanges voice and/or with the wireless access network. data.
另外,本发明结合网络设备描述了各个实施例,网络设备可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统或者授权辅助接入长期演进(Authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution,LAA-LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,简称可以为eNB或e-NodeB)宏基站、微基站(也称为“小基站”)、微微基站、接入站点(Access Point,AP)或传输站点(Transmission Point,TP)等。In addition, the present invention describes various embodiments in conjunction with a network device, which may be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system or an Authorized Auxiliary Access Long-term Evolution (LAA-LTE) system. An evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, which may be referred to as an eNB or an e-NodeB), a macro base station, a micro base station (also referred to as a "small base station"), a pico base station, an access point (AP), or a transmission site (Transmission Point) , TP) and so on.
现有技术中,下行解调参考信号通常配置在1ms TTI包括的两个时隙中每个时隙的最后两个符号上,如果引入支持DMRS的传输模式的短TTI传输且保持现有的DMRS的图案不变,接收设备需要等到DMRS接收完成后才能对接收到的短TTI上的信息进行解调,现有的DMRS的图案增加了处理时延,因此,不再适用于短TTI传输。In the prior art, the downlink demodulation reference signal is usually configured on the last two symbols of each of the two slots included in the 1 ms TTI, if a short TTI transmission supporting the transmission mode of the DMRS is introduced and the existing DMRS is maintained. The pattern is unchanged, and the receiving device needs to wait until the DMRS reception is completed to demodulate the information on the received short TTI. The existing DMRS pattern increases the processing delay and is therefore no longer suitable for short TTI transmission.
图1示出了适用本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法的应用场景。如图1所示,该应用场景中包括基站101、处于基站101覆盖范围内并与基站101进行通信的用户设备102和用户设备103。其中,基站101和用户设备102均为支持短传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)传输的设备,用户设备103为不支持短TTI传输的设备。基站101可以分别使用短TTI或现有技术中的1ms TTI和用户设备102进行通信,基站101也可以使用现有技术中的1ms TTI和用户设备103进行通信。FIG. 1 shows an application scenario of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the application scenario includes a base station 101, a user equipment 102 and a user equipment 103 that are within the coverage of the base station 101 and are in communication with the base station 101. The base station 101 and the user equipment 102 are both devices that support short transmission time interval (TTI) transmission, and the user equipment 103 is a device that does not support short TTI transmission. The base station 101 can communicate with the user equipment 102 using a short TTI or a 1 ms TTI in the prior art, and the base station 101 can also communicate with the user equipment 103 using the 1 ms TTI in the prior art.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,发送设备可以是网络设备(例如,基站等网络侧设备),接收设备可以是终端设备(例如,用户设备),即,该传输参考信号的方法可以应用于下行传输,It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sending device may be a network device (for example, a network side device such as a base station), and the receiving device may be a terminal device (for example, a user device), that is, the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to Downlink transmission,
或者,发送设备也可以是终端设备(例如,用户设备),接收设备可以是网络设备(例如,基站等网络侧设备),即,该传输参考信号的方法可以应用于上行传输。Alternatively, the sending device may also be a terminal device (for example, a user device), and the receiving device may be a network device (for example, a network side device such as a base station), that is, the method for transmitting a reference signal may be applied to an uplink transmission.
应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于LTE或LTE-A系统,也可以应用于其他需要传输参考信号的通信系统。
It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to an LTE or LTE-A system, and may also be applied to other communication systems that need to transmit reference signals.
应理解,系统资源的最小单位是资源单元(Resource Element,RE),一个RE在时域上包含一个OFDM符号,在频域上包含一个子载波。It should be understood that the minimum unit of system resources is a Resource Element (RE), and one RE includes one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one subcarrier in the frequency domain.
应理解,上行符号称为单载波频分多址(Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)符号,下行符号称为正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号。若未来5G技术或LTE技术演进中引入正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)的上行多址方式,上行符号也可以称为OFDM符号,在本发明实施例中,上行符号和下行符号都统称为符号,也可以是其它类型的通信的符号,本发明实施例对此不作任何限定。It should be understood that the uplink symbol is called Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbol, and the downlink symbol is called Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol. If the uplink multiple access mode of the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) is introduced in the future 5G technology or the LTE technology evolution, the uplink symbol may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol. In the embodiment of the present invention, the uplink symbol and The downlink symbols are collectively referred to as symbols, and may be other types of communication symbols, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
应理解,本发明实施例中,物理信道(physical channel)承载来自高层(higher layers)的数据信息,该物理信道可以是物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH),物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH),物理控制格式指示信道(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel,PCFICH),物理混合重传指示信道(Physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel,PHICH),增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel,EPDCCH),物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH),物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)等。或是标准中新引入的功能相同、但名称不同的信道,例如,短TTI传输中引入的控制信道或数据信道等。也可以是以上信道的组合。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, a physical channel carries data information from higher layers, which may be a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel (Physical). Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel (Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel) , EPDCCH), physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and the like. It is also a newly introduced channel with the same function but different names in the standard, for example, a control channel or a data channel introduced in a short TTI transmission. It can also be a combination of the above channels.
应理解,参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)用于物理层,不承载来自高层的数据信息,例如用于下行的小区特定参考信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal,CRS),用于下行的终端设备特定参考信号(UE-specific Reference Signal,UE-RS)或用于下行的组特定参考信号(Group-specific Reference Signal,GRS),用于上行的解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS),探测参考信号(Sounding reference signal,SRS)等。其中,用于下行的UE-RS也叫用于下行的解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)。It should be understood that a Reference Signal (RS) is used for the physical layer, and does not carry data information from a higher layer, such as a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) for downlink, and is used for downlink terminal specific Reference signal (UE-specific Reference Signal, UE-RS) or Group-specific Reference Signal (GRS) for downlink, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for uplink, detection reference Sounding reference signal (SRS), etc. The UE-RS used for downlink is also called a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for downlink.
用于PUCCH解调的DMRS称为PUCCH DMRS,用于PUSCH解调的DMRS称为PUSCH DMRS。CRS是网络设备配置给小区内的所有终端设备的RS,GRS是网络设备配置给一组终端设备的RS,DMRS是配置给一个特定终端设备的RS。每个物理信道都有其对应的RS,接收设备可以根据该
RS进行信道估计,然后再根据估计出来的信道值解调物理信道。接收设备还可以根据接收到的RS进行自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)调整、时频同步估计、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理(Radio Resource Management,RRM)测量、定位测量等操作。因此,本发明中的参考信号,可以用于物理信道解调、AGC调整、时频同步、信道状态信息测量、RRM测量、定位测量等中的至少一项。The DMRS for PUCCH demodulation is called PUCCH DMRS, and the DMRS for PUSCH demodulation is called PUSCH DMRS. The CRS is an RS that the network device configures to all terminal devices in the cell, the GRS is an RS that the network device configures to a group of terminal devices, and the DMRS is an RS that is configured to a specific terminal device. Each physical channel has its corresponding RS, and the receiving device can
The RS performs channel estimation and then demodulates the physical channel based on the estimated channel value. The receiving device can also perform automatic gain control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization estimation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management (RRM) measurement, positioning measurement, and the like according to the received RS. Therefore, the reference signal in the present invention can be used for at least one of physical channel demodulation, AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel state information measurement, RRM measurement, positioning measurement, and the like.
还应理解,短TTI传输是指TTI小于1个子帧或TTI小于1ms的传输。例如,TTI长度为为1个、2个、3个、4个、5个、6个、7个符号中的一种。或者TTI长度是上述多种符号长度中至少2种不同符号长度的组合,例如,1ms内包括4个TTI,长度分别是4个符号、3个符号、4个符号、3个符号,又例如,长度分别是3个符号、4个符号、3个符号、4个符号或其它组合。其中,1ms包括4个TTI,长度分别为4个或3个符号的情况,可以认为TTI长度是0.25ms。系统中可能存在多种短TTI的情况,例如,系统支持7个符号的TTI长度和0.25ms的TTI长度在1ms内传输。It should also be understood that short TTI transmission refers to a transmission with a TTI less than 1 subframe or a TTI less than 1 ms. For example, the TTI length is one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 symbols. Or the TTI length is a combination of at least two different symbol lengths of the foregoing multiple symbol lengths, for example, 4 TTIs are included in 1 ms, and the lengths are 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 3 symbols, for example, The lengths are 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, or other combinations, respectively. Wherein, 1 ms includes 4 TTIs, and the length is 4 or 3 symbols respectively, and the TTI length can be considered as 0.25 ms. There may be multiple short TTIs in the system, for example, the system supports a TTI length of 7 symbols and a TTI length of 0.25 ms is transmitted in 1 ms.
需要说明的是,考虑到后向兼容性,系统中可能同时存在1ms TTI传输和短TTI传输的情况。It should be noted that, considering backward compatibility, there may be a case of 1 ms TTI transmission and short TTI transmission in the system.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,编号“第一”、“第二”仅仅为了区分不同的对象,比如为了区分不同的资源块、物理信道等,并不对本发明实施例的范围构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the numbers "first" and "second" are only used to distinguish different objects, for example, to distinguish different resource blocks, physical channels, etc., and do not constitute any scope of the embodiments of the present invention. limited.
下面结合附图对本发明的实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
首先,对根据本发明实施例的资源块(即,第一TTI资源块)进行详细说明。First, a resource block (ie, a first TTI resource block) according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.
在时域上,第一TTI资源块占用M个符号,其中,M是大于或等于1的正整数。In the time domain, the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols, where M is a positive integer greater than or equal to one.
在频域上,第一TTI资源块占用N个频域单元,每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,N是大于或等于1的正整数,K是大于或等于2的正整数。In the frequency domain, the first TTI resource block occupies N frequency domain units, and each frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers, where N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and K is a positive greater than or equal to 2. Integer.
如图2所示,图中示出了2个资源块,例如,资源块#1(即,第一TTI资源块的一例)在时域上占用4个符号,在频域上占用2个频域单元,每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波。As shown in FIG. 2, two resource blocks are shown in the figure. For example, resource block #1 (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) occupies 4 symbols in the time domain and 2 frequencies in the frequency domain. A domain unit, each frequency domain unit comprising 12 consecutive subcarriers.
又例如,资源块#2(即,第一TTI资源块的一例)在时域上占用3个符
号,在频域上占用1个频域单元,每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波。For another example, resource block #2 (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) occupies 3 characters in the time domain.
No., occupying one frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers.
需要说明的是,N个频域单元在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,N个频域单元在时域上占用相同的符号。It should be noted that the N frequency domain units may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and the N frequency domain units occupy the same symbol in the time domain.
可选地,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元。即,TTI资源块在频域所占的资源是以频域单元组为单位的,一个频域单元组内可以包括N1个连续的频域单元,N1≥2。第一TTI资源块包括的R1个第一频域单元组在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,R1≥1。Optionally, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive frequency domains. unit. That is, the resources occupied by the TTI resource block in the frequency domain are in units of frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and N 1 ≥ 2. The R 1 first frequency domain unit groups included in the first TTI resource block may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and R 1 ≥1.
需要说明的是,在LTE及其对应的演进系统中,可以认为每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波。在本发明的所有实施例中,以每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波为例进行说明。It should be noted that, in LTE and its corresponding evolved system, each frequency domain unit may be considered to include 12 consecutive subcarriers. In all embodiments of the present invention, each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers as an example for description.
另外,以上仅以每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波作为示例而非限定,对根据本发明实施例的频域单元的所包括的子载波的数目进行说明,不应对本发明实施例的范围构成任何限定。例如,每个频域单元也可以包括20个子载波,或6个子载波等。In addition, the above description only includes the number of subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit according to the embodiment of the present invention, and the number of the subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit according to the embodiment of the present invention is not limited. The scope of the composition constitutes any limitation. For example, each frequency domain unit may also include 20 subcarriers, or 6 subcarriers, and the like.
以下,分别从第一参考信号占用的时域资源和频域资源,以及第一参考信号的序列等方面对根据本发明实施例中的参考信号的配置方式进行详细说明。需要说明的是,第一参考信号可以是下行参考信号,也可以是上行参考信号。Hereinafter, the configuration manners of the reference signals according to the embodiments of the present invention are described in detail from the aspects of the time domain resources and the frequency domain resources occupied by the first reference signal, and the sequence of the first reference signals, and the like. It should be noted that the first reference signal may be a downlink reference signal or an uplink reference signal.
其中,第一参考信号最多可以包括G个天线端口(也可简称为端口),对应天线端口号为端口g到端口(g+G-1),g表示该G个天线端口中第一个天线端口的编号,每个天线端口对应一个参考信号。第一参考信号的天线端口用于传输第一参考信号,即发送设备通过天线端口发送其对应的参考信号,接收设备通过相同的天线端口接收其对应的参考信号。举例来说,假设第一参考信号包括2个天线端口,分别为端口7和端口8,那么发送设备通过端口7发送端口7的参考信号,通过端口8发送端口8的参考信号,接收设备通过端口7接收端口7的参考信号,通过端口8接收端口8的参考信号。下面先以一个天线端口对应的参考信号的时域位置或频域位置为例进行说明。The first reference signal may include at most G antenna ports (also referred to as ports), the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g represents the first antenna of the G antenna ports. The number of the port, each antenna port corresponds to a reference signal. The antenna port of the first reference signal is used for transmitting the first reference signal, that is, the transmitting device sends its corresponding reference signal through the antenna port, and the receiving device receives its corresponding reference signal through the same antenna port. For example, assuming that the first reference signal includes two antenna ports, namely port 7 and port 8, respectively, the transmitting device sends the reference signal of port 7 through port 7, transmits the reference signal of port 8 through port 8, and the receiving device passes the port. 7 receives the reference signal of port 7, and receives the reference signal of port 8 through port 8. The following takes the time domain position or the frequency domain position of the reference signal corresponding to one antenna port as an example for description.
一、参考信号的时域位置First, the time domain position of the reference signal
以下,详细说明参考信号在时域上的配置方式。
Hereinafter, the manner in which the reference signals are arranged in the time domain will be described in detail.
在本发明的一个实施例中,一个参考信号位于第一TTI资源块中的一个符号上,其中,第一TTI资源块为承载参考信号的资源块。该参考信号所在的符号在时域上可以有多种配置方式,可以分为两种情况(即,情况1和情况2),下面对这两种情况下的配置方式进行详细说明。In an embodiment of the invention, one reference signal is located on one symbol in the first TTI resource block, wherein the first TTI resource block is a resource block carrying a reference signal. The symbol in which the reference signal is located can be configured in multiple ways in the time domain, and can be divided into two cases (ie, Case 1 and Case 2). The configuration manners in these two cases are described in detail below.
情况1 Situation 1
参考信号所在的符号在时域上的位置和TTI的长度或位置有关。即,一种TTI长度对应一种参考信号配置方式。更具体地,此种情况下,包括2种配置方式。The position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is related to the length or position of the TTI. That is, one TTI length corresponds to a reference signal configuration. More specifically, in this case, two configurations are included.
方式1 Mode 1
参考信号位于M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整;或,The reference signal is located on the mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/2), Ceil() means round up; or,
参考信号位于M个符号中的第1个符号上;或The reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols; or
参考信号位于M个符号中用于后向兼容的符号外的第1个符号上。The reference signal is located in the M symbols for the first symbol outside the backward compatible symbol.
需要说明的是,在LTE及其对应的演进系统中,1ms包括14个符号,如果引入短TTI传输,可以将1ms划分为多个短TTI。以1ms包括4个短TTI,TTI的长度分别为4个符号、3个符号、4个符号和3个符号为例进行说明。如图3a所示,示出了参考信号应用于下行时在时域上的一种配置方式,具体的,可以为每个TTI都配置参考信号。其中,传统的物理下行控制信道PDCCH占用2个符号。为了保证后向兼容性,第0个TTI的参考信号可以配置在第0个TTI内PDCCH区域外的第1个符号,即,配置在符号2上,其余的3个TTI的参考信号分别配置在所属于的TTI的第1个符号上,即,分别配置在符号4、符号7和符号11上。It should be noted that, in LTE and its corresponding evolved system, 1 ms includes 14 symbols, and if short TTI transmission is introduced, 1 ms can be divided into multiple short TTIs. The description includes four short TTIs in 1 ms, and the lengths of the TTIs are four symbols, three symbols, four symbols, and three symbols, respectively. As shown in FIG. 3a, a configuration manner in which the reference signal is applied to the downlink in the time domain is shown. Specifically, a reference signal may be configured for each TTI. The traditional physical downlink control channel PDCCH occupies 2 symbols. To ensure backward compatibility, the reference signal of the 0th TTI can be configured in the first symbol outside the PDCCH region in the 0th TTI, that is, on the symbol 2, and the reference signals of the remaining 3 TTIs are respectively configured. The first symbol of the TTI to which it belongs is placed on symbol 4, symbol 7 and symbol 11, respectively.
以1ms包括4个短TTI,TTI的长度分别为4个符号、3个符号、4个符号和3个符号为例,如果参考信号应用于上行,由于上行的第0个TTI中没有用于后向兼容的符号,参考信号可以配置在每个TTI的第1个符号上,即,配置在符号0、符号4、符号7和符号11上。For example, 4 ms includes 4 short TTIs, and the lengths of the TTIs are 4 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, and 3 symbols, respectively. If the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the 0th TTI in the uplink is not used in the uplink, To a compatible symbol, the reference signal can be configured on the first symbol of each TTI, that is, on symbol 0, symbol 4, symbol 7, and symbol 11.
以TTI的长度为2个符号,即1ms包括7个TTI为例。图3b示出了参考信号应用于下行时在时域上的一种配置方式。如图3b所示,PDCCH占用第0个TTI的2个符号。考虑参考信号的开销,可以在余下6个TTI中的3个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第1个TTI,第
3个TTI,第5个TTI上配置参考信号,其中,参考信号分别位于所属于的TTI的第1个符号上,即,分别配置在符号2、符号6和符号10上。可选的,第1个TTI和第2个TTI的参考信号配置在符号2上,第3个TTI和第4个TTI的参考信号配置在符号6上,第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号10上。Take the length of the TTI as 2 symbols, that is, 1 ms including 7 TTIs. Figure 3b shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink. As shown in FIG. 3b, the PDCCH occupies 2 symbols of the 0th TTI. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on three TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the time domain density of the reference signal can be considered, which can be in the first TTI,
The reference signals are configured on the 5th TTI, wherein the reference signals are respectively located on the first symbol of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively, on the symbol 2, the symbol 6 and the symbol 10. Optionally, the reference signals of the first TTI and the second TTI are configured on symbol 2, and the reference signals of the third TTI and the fourth TTI are configured on symbol 6, the fifth TTI and the sixth TTI. The reference signal is placed on symbol 10.
以TTI的长度为2个符号,即1ms包括7个TTI为例,如果参考信号应用于上行,由于上行1ms TTI中的最后一个符号可能用于SRS的发送,考虑后向兼容性,不在第6个TTI中配置参考信号。考虑参考信号的开销,可以在余下6个TTI中的3个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第0个TTI,第2个TTI,第4个TTI上配置参考信号,其中,参考信号分别位于所属于的TTI的第1个符号上,即,分别配置在符号0、符号4和符号8上。可选的,第0个TTI和第1个TTI的参考信号配置在符号0上,第2个TTI和第3个TTI的参考信号配置在符号4上,第4个TTI、第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号8上。又或者,考虑下行第0个TTI可能用于PDCCH传输,根据HARQ反馈时序,下行第0个TTI对应的上行资源上的第4个TTI可能没有反馈信息传输,因此可以在第0个TTI,第2个TTI,第5个TTI的第1个符号上配置参考信号,即,分别配置在符号0、符号4和符号10上。For example, if the length of the TTI is 2 symbols, that is, 1 ms includes 7 TTIs, if the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the last symbol in the uplink 1 ms TTI may be used for SRS transmission, consider backward compatibility, not in the sixth. The reference signal is configured in one TTI. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on the three TTIs of the remaining six TTIs. The reference signal can be configured on the 0th TTI, the 2nd TTI, and the 4th TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal. Wherein, the reference signals are respectively located on the first symbol of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 4, and symbol 8. Optionally, the reference signals of the 0th TTI and the 1st TTI are configured on the symbol 0, and the reference signals of the 2nd TTI and the 3rd TTI are configured on the symbol 4, the 4th TTI, the 5th TTI, and The reference signal of the sixth TTI is arranged on symbol 8. Or, considering that the 0th TTI in the downlink may be used for PDCCH transmission, according to the HARQ feedback timing, the 4th TTI on the uplink resource corresponding to the 0th TTI may have no feedback information transmission, and thus may be in the 0th TTI, Two TTIs, the first symbol of the fifth TTI is configured with reference signals, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 4, and symbol 10.
以TTI的长度为1个符号,即1ms包括14个TTI为例。图3c示出了参考信号应用于下行时在时域上的一种配置方式。如图3c所示,第0个和第1个TTI用于传输PDCCH。考虑参考信号的开销,可以在余下12个TTI中的4个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第2个TTI,第5个TTI,第8个TTI,第11个TTI上配置参考信号,即,参考信号分别配置在符号2、符号5、符号8和符号11上。可选的,第2个TTI、第3个TTI和第4个TTI的参考信号配置在符号2上,第5个TTI、第6个TTI和第7个TTI的参考信号配置在符号5上,第8个TTI、第9个TTI和第10个TTI的参考信号配置在符号8上,第11个TTI、第12个TTI和第13个TTI的参考信号在配置在符号11上。Take the length of the TTI as 1 symbol, that is, 1 ms including 14 TTIs. Figure 3c shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink. As shown in FIG. 3c, the 0th and 1st TTIs are used to transmit the PDCCH. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on 4 TTIs of the remaining 12 TTIs, considering the time domain density of the reference signal, which can be in the 2nd TTI, the 5th TTI, the 8th TTI, the 11th The reference signals are configured on the TTI, that is, the reference signals are respectively arranged on symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 8 and symbol 11. Optionally, the reference signals of the second TTI, the third TTI, and the fourth TTI are configured on symbol 2, and the reference signals of the fifth TTI, the sixth TTI, and the seventh TTI are configured on symbol 5. The reference signals of the 8th TTI, the 9th TTI, and the 10th TTI are configured on symbol 8, and the reference signals of the 11th TTI, the 12th TTI, and the 13th TTI are disposed on the symbol 11.
以TTI的长度为1个符号,即1ms包括14个TTI为例,如果参考信号应用于上行,由于上行1ms TTI中的最后一个符号可能用于SRS的发送,考虑后向兼容性,不在第13个TTI中配置参考信号。考虑参考信号的开销,
可以在余下13个TTI中的4个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第0个TTI,第3个TTI,第7个TTI,第10个TTI上配置参考信号,即,参考信号分别配置在符号0、符号3、符号7和符号10上。可选的,第0个TTI、第1个TTI和第2个TTI的参考信号配置在符号0上,第3个TTI、第4个TTI、第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号3上,第7个TTI、第8个TTI和第9个TTI的参考信号配置在符号7上,第10个TTI、第11个TTI、第12个TTI和第13个TTI(如果第13个TTI上没有配置发送SRS)的参考信号在配置在符号10上。For example, if the length of the TTI is 1 symbol, that is, 1 ms includes 14 TTIs, if the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the last symbol in the uplink 1 ms TTI may be used for SRS transmission, consider backward compatibility, not in the 13th. The reference signal is configured in one TTI. Consider the overhead of the reference signal,
The reference signal may be configured on the four TTIs of the remaining 13 TTIs. The reference signal may be configured on the 0th TTI, the 3rd TTI, the 7th TTI, and the 10th TTI according to the time domain density of the reference signal. That is, the reference signals are respectively arranged on symbol 0, symbol 3, symbol 7, and symbol 10. Optionally, the reference signals of the 0th TTI, the 1st TTI, and the 2nd TTI are configured on the symbol 0, and the reference signals of the 3rd TTI, the 4th TTI, the 5th TTI, and the 6th TTI are configured. On symbol 3, the reference signals of the 7th TTI, the 8th TTI, and the 9th TTI are placed on symbol 7, the 10th TTI, the 11th TTI, the 12th TTI, and the 13th TTI (if the first A reference signal on which no SIR is transmitted on the 13 TTIs is placed on the symbol 10.
需要说明的是,有些TTI资源块上可以不被配置参考信号。It should be noted that some TTI resource blocks may not be configured with reference signals.
需要说明的是,下行的PDCCH所占用的符号是用于后向兼容的符号。传统的PDCCH可能占用1~3个符号,因此下行的参考信号应配置在PDCCH区域外的符号上,以保证后向兼容性。也或者,固定PDCCH占用的符号数,例如PDCCH固定占用2个符号,那么下行的参考信号可以配置在符号2上。It should be noted that the symbols occupied by the downlink PDCCH are symbols for backward compatibility. The traditional PDCCH may occupy 1 to 3 symbols, so the downlink reference signal should be configured on the symbols outside the PDCCH region to ensure backward compatibility. Or, the number of symbols occupied by the fixed PDCCH, for example, the PDCCH is fixed by 2 symbols, and the downlink reference signal may be configured on the symbol 2.
方式2 Mode 2
参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The reference signal is located on one of the M symbols except the last one.
方式2与上述方式1类似,此处不再赘述。The mode 2 is similar to the mode 1 described above, and is not described here.
情况1中参考信号放在一个TTI资源块中的前面的位置,可以使接收设备在接收完整个TTI资源块前根据参考信号进行信道估计,从而减小接收端的处理时延。In the case 1, the reference signal is placed in the previous position in a TTI resource block, so that the receiving device performs channel estimation according to the reference signal before receiving the complete TTI resource block, thereby reducing the processing delay of the receiving end.
情况2 Situation 2
参考信号所在的符号在时域上的位置和TTI的长度或位置无关。即,当系统支持多种短TTI长度在1ms内传输时,多种短TTI长度对应一种参考信号配置方式。The position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is independent of the length or position of the TTI. That is, when the system supports multiple short TTI lengths to be transmitted within 1 ms, various short TTI lengths correspond to one reference signal configuration.
在此种情况下,不同长度的TTI共用同一套参考信号图案。In this case, TTIs of different lengths share the same set of reference signal patterns.
例如,如图3d所示,1ms内应用于下行的参考信号分别配置在符号2、符号6和符号10上。若1ms被划分为7个TTI,每个TTI长度为2个符号,并假设第0个TTI用于传输PDCCH,那么第1个TTI和第2个TTI的参考信号在符号2上,第3个TTI和第4个TTI的参考信号在符号6上,第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号在符号10上。For example, as shown in FIG. 3d, the reference signals applied to the downlink within 1 ms are respectively arranged on symbol 2, symbol 6, and symbol 10. If 1 ms is divided into 7 TTIs, each TTI is 2 symbols in length, and assuming that the 0th TTI is used to transmit the PDCCH, the reference signals of the 1st TTI and the 2nd TTI are at symbol 2, and the third The reference signals of the TTI and the 4th TTI are at symbol 6, and the reference signals of the 5th TTI and the 6th TTI are at symbol 10.
又例如,若1ms被划分为3个TTI,第0个TTI包括6个符号(假设其中前1~3个符号可能用于PDCCH传输),第1个和第2个TTI各包括4个
符号,那么第0个TTI的参考信号在符号2上,第1个TTI的参考信号在符号6上,第2个TTI的参考信号在符号10上。For another example, if 1 ms is divided into 3 TTIs, the 0th TTI includes 6 symbols (assuming that the first 1 to 3 symbols are likely to be used for PDCCH transmission), and the 1st and 2nd TTIs each include 4
Symbol, then the reference signal of the 0th TTI is on symbol 2, the reference signal of the 1st TTI is on symbol 6, and the reference signal of the 2nd TTI is on symbol 10.
再例如,若1ms被划分为4个TTI,第0个TTI包括5个符号(假设其中前1~3个符号可能用于PDCCH传输),第1个TTI、第2个TTI和第3个TTI各包括3个符号,那么第0个TTI的参考信号在符号2上,第3个TTI的参考信号在符号10上。对于第1个TTI和第2个TTI,参考信号可以在当前TTI内,即,分别在符号6和符号10上;参考信号也可以在当前TTI往前最近的一个参考信号所在的符号上,即,分别在符号2和符号6上。For another example, if 1 ms is divided into 4 TTIs, the 0th TTI includes 5 symbols (assuming that the first 1 to 3 symbols are likely to be used for PDCCH transmission), the first TTI, the second TTI, and the third TTI. Each includes 3 symbols, then the reference signal of the 0th TTI is on symbol 2, and the reference signal of the 3rd TTI is on symbol 10. For the first TTI and the second TTI, the reference signal may be within the current TTI, ie, at symbol 6 and symbol 10, respectively; the reference signal may also be on the symbol of the nearest reference signal of the current TTI, ie , on symbol 2 and symbol 6, respectively.
可选地,可能出现当前TTI上的参考信号在当前TTI往前最近的另一个参考信号所在的符号上,但当前TTI上承载下一个TTI的参考信号的情况。需要说明的是,在这种情况下,当前TTI上承载的物理信道需要对当前TTI上承载的参考信号所在的位置进行速率匹配,即当前TTI上的物理信道和当前TTI上的参考信号占用的RE相异。Optionally, the reference signal on the current TTI may be on the symbol where the other reference signal of the current TTI is located, but the reference signal of the next TTI is carried on the current TTI. It should be noted that, in this case, the physical channel carried on the current TTI needs to perform rate matching on the location of the reference signal carried on the current TTI, that is, the physical channel on the current TTI and the reference signal on the current TTI. RE is different.
可见,在上述几种TTI长度不同的情况下,参考信号均配置在符号2、符号6和符号10上。It can be seen that in the case where the above TTI lengths are different, the reference signals are all arranged on the symbol 2, the symbol 6 and the symbol 10.
情况2中参考信号应用于上行时,与参考信号应用于下行的方式类似,此处不再赘述。When the reference signal is applied to the uplink in Case 2, it is similar to the manner in which the reference signal is applied to the downlink, and details are not described herein again.
系统支持多种短TTI长度在1ms内传输时,情况2中固定参考信号的位置的方式可以使接收设备在不知道TTI资源块长度或位置的情况下接收参考信号。When the system supports multiple short TTI lengths to be transmitted within 1 ms, the manner in which the position of the reference signal is fixed in Case 2 may enable the receiving device to receive the reference signal without knowing the length or position of the TTI resource block.
需要说明的是,对于一次传输而言,配置的参考信号的数目是根据信道估计性能和信道开销确定的。参考信号过疏则信道估计性能无法接受,参考信号过密,又会导致信道开销增大,因此,参考信号的配置需要在两者之间求取平衡。It should be noted that, for one transmission, the number of configured reference signals is determined according to channel estimation performance and channel overhead. If the reference signal is too thin, the channel estimation performance is unacceptable, and the reference signal is too dense, which in turn leads to an increase in channel overhead. Therefore, the configuration of the reference signal needs to be balanced between the two.
另外,参考信号应尽量配置在前面的符号上,这样可以使得信道被尽早解调,以减少处理时延。In addition, the reference signal should be placed on the preceding symbol as much as possible, so that the channel can be demodulated as early as possible to reduce the processing delay.
在本发明的另一个实施例中,一个参考信号位于第一TTI资源块中的两个相邻符号上,其中,第一TTI资源块为承载参考信号的资源块。和参考信号位于一个符号上的实施例类似,该参考信号所在的符号在时域上可以有多种配置方式,同样分两种情况说明。In another embodiment of the present invention, one reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols in the first TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block is a resource block carrying a reference signal. Similar to the embodiment in which the reference signal is located on one symbol, the symbol in which the reference signal is located can be configured in multiple ways in the time domain, and is also described in two cases.
情况1
Situation 1
参考信号所在的符号在时域上的位置和TTI的长度或位置有关。即,一种TTI长度对应一种参考信号配置方式。更具体地,包括如下配置方式:The position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is related to the length or position of the TTI. That is, one TTI length corresponds to a reference signal configuration. More specifically, the following configuration methods are included:
参考信号位于M个符号中的第m个符号和第(m+1)个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整;或,The reference signal is located on the mth symbol and the (m+1)th symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/2), ceil() means round up; or,
参考信号位于M个符号中的第1个符号和第2个符号上;或The reference signal is located on the first symbol and the second symbol of the M symbols; or
参考信号位于M个符号中用于后向兼容的符号外的第1个符号和第2个符号上。The reference signal is located in the M symbols for the 1st symbol and the 2nd symbol outside the backward compatible symbol.
下面简要对这种配置方式进行说明。The following is a brief description of this configuration.
以1ms划分为7个TTI,每个TTI的长度为2个符号为例。图3e示出了参考信号应用于下行时在时域上的一种配置方式。如图3e所示,PDCCH占用第0个TTI的2个符号。考虑参考信号的开销,可以在余下6个TTI中的2个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第1个TTI和第4个TTI上配置参考信号,其中,参考信号分别位于所属于的TTI的两个相邻的符号上,即,分别配置在符号2和符号3、符号8和符号9上。可选的,第1个TTI、第2个TTI和第3个TTI的参考信号配置在符号2和符号3上,第4个TTI、第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号8和符号9上。It is divided into 7 TTIs in 1 ms, and the length of each TTI is 2 symbols as an example. Figure 3e shows an arrangement of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink. As shown in FIG. 3e, the PDCCH occupies 2 symbols of the 0th TTI. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on two TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the reference signal can be configured on the first TTI and the fourth TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal, wherein the reference signal They are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 2 and symbol 3, symbol 8 and symbol 9. Optionally, the reference signals of the first TTI, the second TTI, and the third TTI are configured on symbols 2 and 3, and the reference signals of the fourth TTI, the fifth TTI, and the sixth TTI are configured in the symbol. 8 and symbol 9 on.
以1ms划分为7个TTI,每个TTI的长度为2个符号为例。如果参考信号应用于上行,由于上行1ms TTI中的最后一个符号可能用于SRS的发送,考虑后向兼容性,不在第6个TTI中配置参考信号。考虑参考信号的开销,可以在余下6个TTI中的2个TTI上配置参考信号,考虑参考信号的时域密度,可以在第0个TTI和第3个TTI上配置参考信号,其中,参考信号分别位于所属于的TTI的两个相邻的符号上,即,分别配置在符号0和符号1、符号6和符号7上。可选的,第0个TTI、第1个TTI和第2个TTI的参考信号配置在符号0和符号1上,第3个TTI、第4个TTI、第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号6和符号7上。It is divided into 7 TTIs in 1 ms, and the length of each TTI is 2 symbols as an example. If the reference signal is applied to the uplink, since the last symbol in the uplink 1 ms TTI may be used for the transmission of the SRS, considering the backward compatibility, the reference signal is not configured in the sixth TTI. Considering the overhead of the reference signal, the reference signal can be configured on two TTIs of the remaining six TTIs, and the reference signal can be configured on the 0th TTI and the third TTI considering the time domain density of the reference signal, wherein the reference signal They are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively arranged on symbol 0 and symbol 1, symbol 6 and symbol 7. Optionally, the reference signals of the 0th TTI, the 1st TTI, and the 2nd TTI are configured on the symbol 0 and the symbol 1, and the third TTI, the fourth TTI, the fifth TTI, and the sixth TTI The reference signals are arranged on symbols 6 and 7.
图3f示出了参考信号应用于下行时在时域上的另一种配置方式。如图3f所示,在第1个TTI、第3个TTI和第5个TTI上配置参考信号,其中,参考信号分别位于所属于的TTI的两个相邻的符号上,即,分别配置在符号2和符号3、符号6和符号7、以及符号10和符号11上。可选的,第1个
TTI和第2个TTI的参考信号配置在符号2和符号3上,第3个TTI和第4个TTI的参考信号配置在符号6和符号7上,第5个TTI和第6个TTI的参考信号配置在符号10和符号11上。Figure 3f shows another configuration of the reference signal in the time domain when applied to the downlink. As shown in FIG. 3f, reference signals are configured on the first TTI, the third TTI, and the fifth TTI, where the reference signals are respectively located on two adjacent symbols of the TTI to which they belong, that is, respectively Symbol 2 and Symbol 3, Symbol 6 and Symbol 7, and Symbol 10 and Symbol 11. Optional, first
The reference signals of the TTI and the second TTI are arranged on symbols 2 and 3, and the reference signals of the 3rd TTI and the 4th TTI are arranged on symbols 6 and 7, and the reference of the 5th TTI and the 6th TTI The signals are arranged on symbols 10 and 11.
需要说明的是,有些TTI资源块上可以不被配置参考信号。It should be noted that some TTI resource blocks may not be configured with reference signals.
需要说明的是,下行的PDCCH所占用的符号是用于后向兼容的符号。传统的PDCCH可能占用1~3个符号,因此下行的参考信号应配置在PDCCH区域外的符号上,以保证后向兼容性。也或者,固定PDCCH占用的符号数,例如PDCCH固定占用2个符号,那么下行的参考信号可以配置在符号2和符号3上。It should be noted that the symbols occupied by the downlink PDCCH are symbols for backward compatibility. The traditional PDCCH may occupy 1 to 3 symbols, so the downlink reference signal should be configured on the symbols outside the PDCCH region to ensure backward compatibility. Or, the number of symbols occupied by the fixed PDCCH, for example, the PDCCH is fixed by 2 symbols, and the downlink reference signal may be configured on the symbols 2 and 3.
情况2 Situation 2
参考信号所在的符号在时域上的位置和TTI的长度或位置无关。即,当系统支持多种短TTI长度在1ms内传输时,多种短TTI长度对应一种参考信号配置方式。这种情况下的配置方式与参考信号位于一个符号上的实施例中的情况2的区别在于此处参考信号占用相邻的2个符号,其他特征类似,此处不再赘述。The position of the symbol in which the reference signal is located in the time domain is independent of the length or position of the TTI. That is, when the system supports multiple short TTI lengths to be transmitted within 1 ms, various short TTI lengths correspond to one reference signal configuration. The difference between the configuration in this case and the case 2 in the embodiment in which the reference signal is located on one symbol is that the reference signal occupies two adjacent symbols, and other features are similar, and details are not described herein again.
同样,参考信号应尽量配置在前面的符号上,这样可以使得信道被尽早解调,以减少处理时延。Similarly, the reference signal should be placed on the preceding symbol as much as possible so that the channel is demodulated as early as possible to reduce processing delay.
二、参考信号的频域位置Second, the frequency domain position of the reference signal
在本发明实施例中,参考信号在频域上有多种配置方式。根据上述对资源块的描述可知,资源块(即,第一TTI资源块)在频域上包括N个频域单元,每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波。In the embodiment of the present invention, the reference signal has multiple configurations in the frequency domain. According to the foregoing description of the resource block, the resource block (ie, the first TTI resource block) includes N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and each frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers.
以下,结合图4a至图4c,详细说明参考信号在N个频域单元上的配置方式。Hereinafter, the manner in which the reference signals are arranged on the N frequency domain units will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 4a to 4c.
方式1 Mode 1
参考信号配置在N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,S=N,即参考信号配置在N个频域单元的每一个频域单元上。The reference signal is configured on S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units, S=N, that is, the reference signal is configured on each of the frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units.
需要说明的是,所述N个频域单元在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的。It should be noted that the N frequency domain units may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain.
需要说明的是,联合多个频域单元上的参考信号做信道估计对信道估计的性能有提升。可选地,参考信号配置在N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元上,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单
元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元。即,发送设备以第一频域单元组为单位确定第一TTI资源块。所述R1个第一频域单元组在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的。优选地,N1的取值可以为5。优选地,N1的取值可以为10。需要说明的是,上述N1取值为示例而非限定。It should be noted that combining the reference signals on multiple frequency domain units for channel estimation improves the performance of channel estimation. Optionally, the reference signal is configured on each of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain Each frequency domain unit group in the unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units. That is, the transmitting device determines the first TTI resource block in units of the first frequency domain unit group. The R 1 first frequency domain unit groups may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain. Preferably, the value of N 1 may be 5. Preferably, the value of N 1 may be 10. It should be noted that the above N 1 value is an example and is not a limitation.
图4a是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域上的一种配置方式。如图4a所示,资源块#A(即,第一TTI资源块的一例)在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括5个连续的频域单元,5个连续的频域单元划分为1个第一频域单元组,每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波,参考信号配置在上述5个连续的频域单元中的每一个频域单元上。又例如,资源块#A包括20个频域单元,20个频域单元可以划分为2个第一频域单元组,每个第一频域单元组包括10个连续的频域单元,参考信号可以配置在每个第一频域单元组中的每一个频域单元上。4a is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal in the frequency domain in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4a, resource block #A (ie, an example of a first TTI resource block) includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 5 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 5 consecutive frequency domain units. Divided into one first frequency domain unit group, each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers, and the reference signal is configured on each of the five consecutive frequency domain units. For another example, the resource block #A includes 20 frequency domain units, and the 20 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes 10 consecutive frequency domain units, and the reference signal It can be configured on each of the frequency domain units in each of the first frequency domain unit groups.
方式2 Mode 2
参考信号配置在N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元。The reference signal is configured on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, where the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups a second unit group frequency domain S 1 comprises a frequency-domain units of R 1 of first frequency domain and the cell group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, the frequency-domain S 1 unit A frequency domain unit located at a central location of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units.
图4b是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域上的一种配置方式。如图4b所示,资源块#B(即,第一TTI资源块的一例)在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括3个连续的频域单元,3个连续的频域单元划分为1个第一频域单元组,每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波。其中,参考信号在时域上占用符号2,在频域上,配置在上述3个连续的频域单元的处于中心位置的频域单元上。又例如,第一TTI资源块包括12个连续的频域单元,12个频域单元可以划分为2个第一频域单元组,每个第一频域单元组包括6个连续的频域单元,参考信号可以配置在每个第一频域单元组中处于中心位置的2个频域单元上。Figure 4b is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal in the frequency domain in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4b, resource block #B (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 3 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 3 consecutive frequency domain units. It is divided into 1 first frequency domain unit group, and each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. The reference signal occupies the symbol 2 in the time domain, and is disposed on the frequency domain unit of the three consecutive frequency domain units at the center position in the frequency domain. For another example, the first TTI resource block includes 12 consecutive frequency domain units, and the 12 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes six consecutive frequency domain units. The reference signal may be configured on two frequency domain units at a central position in each of the first frequency domain unit groups.
方式3 Mode 3
参考信号配置在N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单
元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布。The reference signal is configured on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, where the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, where the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups the second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency domain S 1 units of R 1 of first frequency domain and the cell group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, the frequency-domain S 1 unit The N 1 consecutive frequency domain units are discretely distributed.
图4c是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域上的一种配置方式。如图4c所示,资源块#C(即,第一TTI资源块的一例)在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括5个连续的频域单元,5个连续的频域单元划分为1个第一频域单元组,每个频域单元包括12连续的子载波,参考信号配置在上述5个连续的频域单元中的3个频域单元上,所述3个频域单元等间隔分布。又例如,资源块#C包括16个连续的频域单元,16个频域单元可以划分为2个第一频域单元组,每个第一频域单元组包括8个连续的频域单元,参考信号可以配置在每个第一频域单元组中的4个频域单元上,所述4个频域单元中的相邻的两个频域单元之间都隔着一个频域单元。4c is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal in the frequency domain in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4c, resource block #C (ie, an example of the first TTI resource block) includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 5 consecutive frequency domain units in the frequency domain, and 5 consecutive frequency domain units. Dividing into one first frequency domain unit group, each frequency domain unit includes 12 consecutive subcarriers, and the reference signal is configured on three frequency domain units of the five consecutive frequency domain units, the three frequency domains. The cells are equally spaced. For another example, the resource block #C includes 16 consecutive frequency domain units, and the 16 frequency domain units can be divided into two first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes eight consecutive frequency domain units. The reference signal may be configured on four frequency domain units in each of the first frequency domain unit groups, and one of the two frequency domain units in the four frequency domain units is separated by a frequency domain unit.
以下,结合图5a至5f,详细说明参考信号在每一个频域单元内的配置方式。以下仅以参考信号在一个频域单元(为了便于理解和描述,记作频域单元#1)上的配置方式作为示例而非限定进行描述。Hereinafter, the manner in which the reference signals are arranged in each frequency domain unit will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 5a to 5f. The following description of the configuration on the frequency domain unit (referred to as frequency domain unit # 1 for ease of understanding and description) is described by way of example and not limitation.
方式1 Mode 1
参考信号在频域单元#1内占用L个子载波,所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。The reference signal occupies L subcarriers in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the L subcarriers are divided into R subcarrier groups, the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each subcarrier group includes C consecutive Subcarriers, where L ≥ 2, C = L / R, 2 ≤ R ≤ L, 1 ≤ C ≤ (L / 2).
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述L个子载波可以划分为L个子载波组,所述L个子载波组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个子载波组包括1个子载波。假设L=4,图5a是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5a所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括12个子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占用了4个子载波,所述4个子载波位于同一个符号,并在频域单元#1所包括的12个子载波中等间隔分布。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers may be divided into L subcarrier groups, the L subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each subcarrier group includes 1 subcarrier. Assuming L=4, FIG. 5a is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5a, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the 4 subcarriers are located. The same symbol, and is equally spaced in the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit # 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述L个子载波可以划分为2个子载波组,所述2个子载波组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个子载波组包括(L/2)个子载波。假设L=4,图5b是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5b所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括3个符号,在频域上包括12个连续的子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占用了4个子载波,
所述4个子载波位于同一个符号,并分为2个子载波组,每个子载波组包含2个连续的子载波。所述2个子载波组在频域单元#1内等间隔分布。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers may be divided into two subcarrier groups, the two subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each subcarrier group includes (L/2) subcarriers. . Assuming L=4, FIG. 5b is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5b, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 3 symbols in the time domain, 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit # 1.
The four subcarriers are located in the same symbol and are divided into two subcarrier groups, and each subcarrier group includes two consecutive subcarriers. The two subcarrier groups are equally spaced in the frequency domain unit # 1.
方式2 Mode 2
参考信号在频域单元#1内占用L个子载波,所述L个子载波为连续的子载波,所述L个连续的子载波位于频域单元#1内的中心位置。The reference signal occupies L subcarriers in frequency domain unit # 1, the L subcarriers being consecutive subcarriers, and the L consecutive subcarriers are located at a central location within frequency domain unit # 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,假设L=4,所述4个连续的子载波位于频域单元#1内的中心位置。图5c是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5c所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括12个子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占用了4个子载波,所述4个子载波位于同一个符号,并位于频域单元#1所包括的12个子载波中的中心位置。Optionally, as an embodiment, assuming L=4, the 4 consecutive subcarriers are located at a central location within the frequency domain unit # 1. Figure 5c is a diagram of a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5c, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the 4 subcarriers are located. The same symbol and located at the center of the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit # 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,参考信号配置在M个符号中的一个符号上,并占满整个符号。图5d示出了根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5d所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括2个符号,在频域上包括12个子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占满整个符号,即占用了12个子载波。Optionally, as an embodiment, the reference signal is configured on one of the M symbols and fills the entire symbol. Figure 5d illustrates an arrangement of reference signals on a frequency domain unit in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5d, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 2 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal fills the entire symbol in the frequency domain unit # 1, that is, 12 subcarriers are occupied.
应理解,参考信号在频域单元内离散分布可以使信道估计性能更好,参考信号在频域单元内连续分布可以使频域的正交性更好,因此,方式1可以在保证一定频域正交性的情况下使信道估计性能更优。It should be understood that the discrete distribution of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit can make the channel estimation performance better, and the continuous distribution of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit can make the orthogonality of the frequency domain better. Therefore, the mode 1 can guarantee a certain frequency domain. The channel estimation performance is better in the case of orthogonality.
应理解,参考信号在频域单元内连续分布在频域的正交性更好,因此,方式2可以利用L个连续子载波在频域的正交性在频域码分复用传输更多层的信号。It should be understood that the orthogonality of the reference signal continuously distributed in the frequency domain unit in the frequency domain is better. Therefore, mode 2 can utilize the orthogonality of L consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain to transmit more in frequency domain code division multiplexing. Layer signal.
需要说明的是,方式1和方式2都是以一个参考信号位于一个符号上来举例说明的。对于一个参考信号位于两个相邻的符号上的情况,上述方式1和方式2描述的特征仍然适用。下面以上述方式1结合一个参考信号位于两个相邻的符号上的情况进行说明,记为方式3。It should be noted that both Mode 1 and Mode 2 are exemplified by a reference signal being located on one symbol. For the case where one reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols, the features described in the above modes 1 and 2 are still applicable. In the following manner, the case where one reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols is described in the above manner, and is described as mode 3.
方式3 Mode 3
参考信号在频域单元#1内占用L个资源单元RE,所述L个RE划分为R个RE组,所述R个RE组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个RE组包括2·C个RE,具体为频域上C个连续的子载波和时域相邻的2个符号对应的RE,其中,L≥4,C=L/R,2≤R≤(L/2),1≤C≤(L/4)。
The reference signal occupies L resource elements RE in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the L REs are divided into R RE groups, and the R RE groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each RE group includes 2 · C REs, specifically, C consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and REs corresponding to two symbols adjacent in the time domain, where L≥4, C=L/R, 2≤R≤(L/2) , 1 ≤ C ≤ (L / 4).
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述L个RE可以划分为(L/2)个RE组,所述(L/2)个RE组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个RE组包括时域相邻的2个RE。假设L=8,图5e是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5e所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括4个符号,在频域上包括12个子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占用了8个RE,所述8个RE分为4个RE组,位于两个相邻的符号,并在频域单元#1所包括的12个子载波中等间隔分布。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L REs may be divided into (L/2) RE groups, and the (L/2) RE groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each RE group Includes 2 REs adjacent in the time domain. Assuming L=8, FIG. 5e is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5e, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 4 symbols in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 8 REs in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the 8 RE points It is a group of 4 REs, located in two adjacent symbols, and is equally spaced in the 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit # 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述L个RE可以划分为2个RE组,所述2个RE组在频域单元#1内离散分布,每个RE组包括频域(L/4)个连续的子载波和时域相邻2个符号对应的RE。假设L=8,图5f是根据本发明实施例的参考信号在频域单元上的一种配置方式。如图5f所示,频域单元#1在时域上包括2个符号,在频域上包括12个连续的子载波,参考信号在频域单元#1内占用了8个RE,所述8个RE分为2个RE组,每个RE组包括4个RE,对应频域2个连续的子载波和时域2个连续符号。所述2个RE组在频域单元#1所包括的12个子载波中等间隔分布。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L REs may be divided into two RE groups, and the two RE groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit # 1, and each RE group includes a frequency domain (L/4). Consecutive subcarriers and REs corresponding to two symbols in the time domain. Assuming L=8, FIG. 5f is a configuration of a reference signal on a frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5f, the frequency domain unit # 1 includes 2 symbols in the time domain, 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the reference signal occupies 8 REs in the frequency domain unit # 1, and the 8 The REs are divided into 2 RE groups, and each RE group includes 4 REs, corresponding to 2 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and 2 consecutive symbols in the time domain. The two RE groups are equally spaced at intervals of 12 subcarriers included in the frequency domain unit # 1.
上述方式2结合一个参考信号位于两个相邻的符号上的情况和上述方式3类似,此处不再赘述。The above manner 2 is similar to the above manner 3 in that a reference signal is located on two adjacent symbols, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,可选地,如果是下行参考信号,为了保证后向兼容,参考信号在频域单元内的配置避开公共参考信号(Common Reference Signal,CRS)位置。或者说,下行参考信号与CRS占用的RE相异。It should be understood that, optionally, if it is a downlink reference signal, in order to ensure backward compatibility, the configuration of the reference signal in the frequency domain unit avoids the Common Reference Signal (CRS) position. In other words, the downlink reference signal is different from the RE occupied by the CRS.
需要说明的是,参考信号在时域上的配置方式中的任意一种方式,参考信号在N个频域单元上的配置方式中的任意一种方式,以及参考信号在一个频域单元内的配置方式中的任意一种方式,都可以结合使用来确定参考信号的时频资源位置。It should be noted that any one of the configuration manners of the reference signal in the time domain, any one of the configuration manners of the reference signal on the N frequency domain units, and the reference signal in one frequency domain unit Any one of the configuration modes can be used in combination to determine the time-frequency resource location of the reference signal.
以下,以LTE系统及其演进系统中的短TTI下行传输为例,具体说明参考信号的时频资源位置。假设1ms被划分为7个TTI,每个TTI长度为2个符号,并假设第0个TTI用于传输PDCCH。考虑参考信号的开销和信道估计性能,参考信号在时域上1ms内位于在符号2,符号6和符号10上,在频域上一个频域单元内包括等间隔分布的2个子载波组,每个子载波组包括2个连续的子载波。网络设备将频域资源划分为H个频域单元组,每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,其中,N1个连续的频域单元中每个频
域单元上都配置参考信号。网络设备确定物理信道占用所述H个频域单元组中的R1个频域单元组。图6给出了所述的N1=5时参考信号在一个频域单元组内的配置方式。Hereinafter, taking the short TTI downlink transmission in the LTE system and its evolved system as an example, the time-frequency resource location of the reference signal is specifically described. It is assumed that 1 ms is divided into 7 TTIs, each TTI is 2 symbols in length, and the 0th TTI is assumed to be used for transmitting the PDCCH. Considering the overhead of the reference signal and the channel estimation performance, the reference signal is located at symbol 2, symbol 6 and symbol 10 within 1 ms in the time domain, and includes two subcarrier groups equally spaced in a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, each Each subcarrier group includes 2 consecutive subcarriers. The network device divides the frequency domain resource into H frequency domain unit groups, and each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, wherein each of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units is configured on the frequency domain unit. Reference signal. The network device determines that the physical channel occupies R 1 frequency domain unit groups in the H frequency domain unit groups. Figure 6 shows how the reference signal is arranged in a frequency domain unit group when N 1 = 5 is described.
三、不同天线端口的参考信号Third, the reference signal of different antenna ports
如前所述,第一参考信号最多可以支持G个天线端口,对应天线端口号为端口g到端口(g+G-1),g表示该G个天线端口中第一个天线端口的编号,每个天线端口对应一个参考信号。该G个天线端口中任意两个天线端口的参考信号可以通过占用的时域资源不同,或占用的频域资源不同,或参考信号的序列不同来区分。As described above, the first reference signal can support up to G antenna ports, the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g represents the number of the first antenna port of the G antenna ports. Each antenna port corresponds to a reference signal. The reference signals of any two of the G antenna ports may be distinguished by different occupied time domain resources, or different occupied frequency domain resources, or different sequence of reference signals.
所述G个天线端口对应G个参考信号,对于所述G个参考信号中的任意两个参考信号(为了便于理解和描述,以下记作参考信号j和参考信号k),配置方式可以包括4种情况。The G antenna ports correspond to G reference signals, and any two reference signals of the G reference signals (hereinafter referred to as reference signal j and reference signal k for ease of understanding and description) may be configured by 4 Kind of situation.
情况1 Situation 1
参考信号j和参考信号k位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用的子载波相同。The reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same in the S frequency domain units.
情况2 Situation 2
参考信号j和参考信号k位于同一个符号上且所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用的子载波不同。The reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different.
情况3 Situation 3
参考信号j和参考信号k位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用的子载波相同。The reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are the same in the S frequency domain units.
情况4 Situation 4
参考信号j和参考信号k位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用的子载波不同。The reference signal j and the reference signal k are located on different symbols and the subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different in the S frequency domain units.
以下,以一个参考信号位于一个符号上,结合图7a和图7b进行详细说明。Hereinafter, a reference signal is placed on one symbol, which will be described in detail in conjunction with FIGS. 7a and 7b.
图7a示出了根据本发明一实施例的不同天线端口的参考信号在一个频域单元内的配置方式的示意图。该图以下行参考信号为例进行说明,上行参考信号类似,不再赘述。如图7a所示,G个天线端口划分为至少2个组,具体划分方式不限定,每个组内的天线端口的参考信号占用相同的时频资源位置,通过不同的参考信号来区分;不同组间的天线端口的参考信号占用的
时域资源不同,或占用的频域资源不同;不同组的两个天线端口的参考信号占用的RE个数可以相同,也可以不同。举例来说,假设第一参考信号最多支持8个天线端口,端口号为7到14,8个天线端口分为2组,第1组天线端口包括端口7到10,第2组天线端口包括端口11到14。端口7到10的参考信号均占用图7a中示出的参考信号#1对应的位置并通过4个正交的参考信号序列来区分,端口11到14的参考信号均占用图7a中示出的参考信号#2对应的位置并通过4个正交的参考信号序列来区分。其中,第1组包括的4个正交的参考信号序列和第2组包括的4个正交的参考信号序列可以相同,也可以不同。FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of reference signals of different antenna ports in one frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention. The following reference signals are taken as an example for description, and the uplink reference signals are similar and will not be described again. As shown in FIG. 7a, the G antenna ports are divided into at least two groups, and the specific division manner is not limited. The reference signals of the antenna ports in each group occupy the same time-frequency resource position, and are distinguished by different reference signals; The reference signal of the antenna port between the groups is occupied by
The time domain resources are different, or the occupied frequency domain resources are different; the number of REs occupied by the reference signals of the two antenna ports of different groups may be the same or different. For example, suppose the first reference signal supports up to 8 antenna ports, the port number is 7 to 14, the 8 antenna ports are divided into 2 groups, the first group antenna port includes ports 7 to 10, and the second group antenna port includes ports. 11 to 14. The reference signals of ports 7 to 10 occupy the position corresponding to reference signal # 1 shown in FIG. 7a and are distinguished by 4 orthogonal reference signal sequences, and the reference signals of ports 11 to 14 occupy the same as shown in FIG. 7a. The position corresponding to reference signal # 2 is distinguished by four orthogonal reference signal sequences. The four orthogonal reference signal sequences included in the first group and the four orthogonal reference signal sequences included in the second group may be the same or different.
图7b示出了根据本发明一实施例的不同天线端口的参考信号在一个频域单元内的配置方式的示意图。该图以下行参考信号为例进行说明,上行参考信号类似,不再赘述。如图7b所示,为情况1的一个示意图,G个参考信号中的每一个参考信号都位于同一个符号上且在每个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,G个参考信号中的任意两个参考信号通过两个正交的参考信号序列来区分。FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of reference signals of different antenna ports in one frequency domain unit according to an embodiment of the invention. The following reference signals are taken as an example for description, and the uplink reference signals are similar and will not be described again. As shown in FIG. 7b, for a schematic diagram of case 1, each of the G reference signals is located on the same symbol and the subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit are the same, and any of the G reference signals The two reference signals are distinguished by two orthogonal reference signal sequences.
四、参考信号的序列Fourth, the sequence of reference signals
上文结合图1至图7b,详细说明了根据本发明实施例的资源块(即,第一TTI资源块)和第一参考信号分别在时域或频域的配置方式,以下,详细说明根据本发明实施例的参考信号序列的生成方法。The configuration of the resource block (ie, the first TTI resource block) and the first reference signal in the time domain or the frequency domain according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 7b. A method of generating a reference signal sequence in an embodiment of the present invention.
首先,对一个参考信号位于一个符号上的情况进行说明。First, a case where one reference signal is located on one symbol will be described.
根据上述第一参考信号在所述第一TTI资源块上的配置方式可以知道,所述G个天线端口中的任意一个天线端口(为了便于理解和描述,以下,记作天线端口#1)的参考信号(为了便于理解和描述,以下记作参考信号#1)配置在所述第一TTI资源块所包括的N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元上占用L个子载波。由此,如果将参考信号#1的长度记作Z,那么,Z=S·L。According to the configuration manner of the foregoing first reference signal on the first TTI resource block, any one of the G antenna ports (for ease of understanding and description, hereinafter referred to as antenna port #1) a reference signal (hereinafter referred to as reference signal # 1 for ease of understanding and description) is configured on S frequency domain units among N frequency domain units included in the first TTI resource block, and at the S frequency Each of the frequency domain units in the domain unit occupies L subcarriers. Thus, if the length of the reference signal # 1 is denoted by Z, then Z = S·L.
应理解,参考信号#1的长度为Z,也或者说,参考信号#1的序列包括Z个元素,又或者说,参考信号#1的序列在所述第一TTI资源块上占用了Z个RE。It should be understood that the length of the reference signal # 1 is Z, or that the sequence of the reference signal # 1 includes Z elements, or that the sequence of the reference signal # 1 occupies Z on the first TTI resource block. RE.
在本发明实施例中,G个天线端口对应的G个参考信号的生成方法包括多种方式。
In the embodiment of the present invention, a method for generating G reference signals corresponding to G antenna ports includes multiple manners.
方式1 Mode 1
发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,所述Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,所述Q个第一序列分别为所述G个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤G,The transmitting device generates Q first sequences of length Z, and any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively Q antennas of the G antenna ports Reference signal sequence of the port, Q≤G,
其中,所述Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,所述Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。The Q first sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences are orthogonal.
具体地说,发送设备可以根据长度为Z的序列#1(即,第二序列的一例)和Q个长度为L的序列#2(即,第三序列的一列)生成Q个长度为Z的序列#3(即,第一序列的一例),其中,所述Q个序列#2中的任意两个序列#2正交,所述Q个序列#3中的任意两个序列#3正交。Specifically, the transmitting device may generate Q lengths of Z according to sequence # 1 of length Z (ie, an example of the second sequence) and Q sequences # 2 of length L (ie, a column of the third sequence). Sequence #3 (ie, an example of the first sequence), wherein any two of the Q sequences # 2 are orthogonal to each other, and any two of the Q sequences # 3 are orthogonal to the sequence # 3 .
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述长度Z的第二序列由以下r序列得到:Optionally, as an embodiment, the second sequence of length Z is obtained by the following r sequence:
可选地,作为一个实施例,LS为一个频域单元上参考信号占用的子载波个数,可以为系统带宽占用的频域单元数,即,r序列的元素对应整个带宽中该参考信号占用的RE数,参考信号所在的S个频域单元上的第二序列由所述r序列中对应所述S个频域单元上的元素组成。Optionally, as an embodiment, L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit, The number of frequency domain units that can be occupied by the system bandwidth, that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the entire bandwidth, and the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located corresponds to the second sequence in the r sequence The elements on the S frequency domain units are composed.
可选地,作为一个实施例,LS为一个频域单元上参考信号占用的子载波个数,也可以为短TTI传输的带宽占用的频域单元数,即,r序列的元素对应短TTI传输的带宽中该参考信号占用的RE数,参考信号所在的S个频域单元上的第二序列由所述r序列中对应所述S个频域单元上的元素组成。Optionally, as an embodiment, L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit, The number of frequency domain units occupied by the bandwidth of the short TTI transmission, that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the bandwidth of the short TTI transmission, and the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located. And consisting of elements in the r sequence corresponding to the S frequency domain units.
可选地,作为一个实施例,LS为一个频域单元上参考信号占用的子载波个数,的大小和参考信号所在的频域单元数S相等,即所述r序列为第二序列。Optionally, as an embodiment, L S is a number of subcarriers occupied by a reference signal on a frequency domain unit, The size is equal to the number of frequency domain units S in which the reference signal is located, that is, the r sequence is the second sequence.
可选地,作为一个实施例,LS为1ms内一个频域单元上参考信号占用的RE个数,为系统带宽占用的频域单元数,即,r序列的元素对应1ms内整个带宽中该参考信号占用的RE数,参考信号所在的S个频域单元上的第二序列由所述r序列中对应所述S个频域单元上的元素组成。Optionally, as an embodiment, L S is a number of REs occupied by reference signals on a frequency domain unit within 1 ms, The number of frequency domain units occupied by the system bandwidth, that is, the elements of the r sequence correspond to the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the entire bandwidth within 1 ms, and the second sequence on the S frequency domain units where the reference signal is located is from the r sequence Corresponding to the element composition on the S frequency domain units.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述Q个长度为L的第三序列由Q个长度
为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到的,n1为小于或等于L的偶数。Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q third sequence of length L is obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L.
例如,L=4,Q=2,n1=2,选取长度为2的相互正交的OCC序列#1和OCC序列#2作为基序列,其中,OCC序列#1为[11],OCC序列#2为[-11],将OCC序列#1重复2次得到序列#3为[1111],将OCC序列#2重复2次,得到序列#4为[-11-11],序列#3和序列#4即为Q个长度为L的第三序列。又例如,将OCC序列#1以一正一反的方式重复2次得到序列#5为[1111],将OCC序列#2以一正一反的方式重复2次,得到序列#6为[-111-1],序列#5和序列#6即为Q个长度为L的第三序列。可选地,可以认为基序列OCC序列#1和OCC序列#2分别对应Q个天线端口。For example, L=4, Q=2, n 1 =2, and mutually orthogonal OCC sequence # 1 and OCC sequence # 2 of length 2 are selected as the base sequence, wherein OCC sequence # 1 is [11], OCC sequence # 2 is [-11], repeating OCC sequence # 1 twice to obtain sequence # 3 as [1111], and repeating OCC sequence # 2 twice, to obtain sequence # 4 as [-11-11], sequence # 3 and Sequence # 4 is the Q third sequence of length L. For another example, the OCC sequence # 1 is repeated twice in a positive and negative manner to obtain the sequence # 5 as [1111], and the OCC sequence # 2 is repeated twice in a positive and negative manner to obtain the sequence # 6 as [- 111-1], sequence # 5 and sequence # 6 are Q third sequences of length L. Alternatively, the base sequence OCC sequence # 1 and the OCC sequence # 2 may be considered to correspond to Q antenna ports, respectively.
又例如,L=4,Q=4,n1=4,选取长度为4的相互正交的OCC序列#1、#2、#3、#4作为基序列,其中,OCC序列#1为[1111],OCC序列#2为[1-11-1],OCC序列#3为[11-1-1],OCC序列#4为[1-1-11],基序列#1、#2、#3、#4即为Q个长度为L的第三序列。可选地,可以认为基序列#1、#2、#3、#4分别对应Q个天线端口。For another example, L=4, Q=4, n 1 =4, and mutually orthogonal OCC sequences # 1, #2, #3, #4 of length 4 are selected as the base sequence, wherein the OCC sequence # 1 is [ 1111], OCC sequence # 2 is [1-11-1], OCC sequence # 3 is [11-1-1], OCC sequence # 4 is [1-1-11], base sequence # 1, #2, #3, #4 is the third sequence of Q length L. Alternatively, the base sequences # 1, #2, #3, and #4 may be considered to correspond to Q antenna ports, respectively.
需要说明的是,上述选取的相互正交的OCC序列为示例而非限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned selected mutually orthogonal OCC sequences are examples and are not limiting.
可选地,作为一个实施例,Q个长度为L的第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,所述W序列为:Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q third sequences of length L are obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is:
其中,m1表示W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位。Where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift.
需要说明的是,Q个长度为L的第三序列可以由同一个W序列的Q个不同循环移位得到,Q≤nCS。It should be noted that the Q third sequences of length L can be obtained by Q different cyclic shifts of the same W sequence, Q≤n CS .
需要说明的是,Q个长度为L的第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到的方式和Q个长度为L的第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到的方式类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the Q-length third sequence of L is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 and the Q-length third sequence is composed of Q orthogonal mask OCCs of length n 1 . The sequence is obtained in a similar manner and will not be described here.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的r序列或W序列的生成方式和现有技术中的r序列或W序列的生成方式相同。It should be noted that the r sequence or the W sequence in the embodiment of the present invention is generated in the same manner as the r sequence or the W sequence in the prior art.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,包括:将Q个长度为L的第三序列中的每个第三序列重复S次得到Q个长度为Z的序列,将该Q个长度为Z的序列中的每个序列中的元素与长度为Z的第二序列中的元素一一对应点乘,
得到Q个长度为Z的第一序列。Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, including: in a third sequence of Q length L Each third sequence is repeated S times to obtain Q sequences of length Z, and the elements in each of the Q length Z sequences are multiplied by the elements in the second sequence of length Z. ,
Q first sequences of length Z are obtained.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,包括:将Q个长度为L的第三序列中的每个第三序列一正一反重复S次得到Q个长度为Z的序列,将该Q个长度为Z的序列中的每个序列中的元素与长度为Z的第二序列中的元素一一对应点乘,得到Q个长度为Z的第一序列。Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, including: in a third sequence of Q length L Each of the third sequences is repeated one by one to obtain Q sequences of length Z, and the elements in each of the Q sequences of length Z and the elements in the second sequence of length Z are A corresponding point multiplication gives Q first sequences of length Z.
方式2 Mode 2
所述发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,所述Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,所述Q个第四序列分别为所述G个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤G,The transmitting device generates Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively Q of the G antenna ports Reference signal sequence of antenna ports, Q≤G,
其中,所述Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,所述Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。The Q fourth sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a Q sequence of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q fifth sequences are orthogonal.
需要说明的是,在此种方式下,第一TTI资源块所包括的N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,每个第一频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元。It should be noted that, in this manner, the N frequency domain units included in the first TTI resource block are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups. Frequency domain unit.
对应地,上述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元。所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应。Correspondingly, the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each second frequency domain unit group includes S 1 frequency domain units. The R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups.
由此可知,N、N1和R1之间满足关系式N=N1·R1,类似地,S、S1和N1之间满足关系式S=S1·R1。It can be seen that N, N 1 and R 1 satisfy the relationship N=N 1 ·R 1 , and similarly, S, S 1 and N 1 satisfy the relationship S=S 1 ·R 1 .
需要说明的是,发送设备在确定第一TTI资源块时,需要确保所述N个频域单元可以被划分为R1个第一频域单元组,且每个第一频域单元中应包括相同个数的频域单元。也就是说,TTI资源块在频域所占的资源是以频域单元组为单位的,一个频域单元组内可以包括N1个连续的频域单元。其中,第一TTI资源块包括的R1个第一频域单元组在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的。Incidentally, the transmission device upon determining a first resource block TTI, the need to ensure the N frequency-domain units R 1 may be divided into cell groups of the first frequency domain, frequency domain and each of the first unit should include The same number of frequency domain units. That is to say, the resources occupied by the TTI resource block in the frequency domain are in units of frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units. The R 1 first frequency domain unit groups included in the first TTI resource block may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain.
具体地说,参考信号#1的序列包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应。假设所述R1个序列单元中的每个序列单元包括Z1个元素,那么,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1。Specifically, the sequence of the reference signal # 1 includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Assuming that each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, then Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 .
具体地说,发送设备可以根据长度为Z的序列#4(即,第二序列的一例)和Q个长度为Z1的序列#5(即,第五序列的一列)生成Q个长度为Z的序
列#6(即,第四序列的一例),其中,所述Q个序列#5中的任意两个序列#5正交。因此,生成的所述Q个序列#6中的任意两个序列#6正交。Specifically, the transmitting device may generate Q lengths Z according to sequence # 4 of length Z (ie, an example of the second sequence) and Q sequences # 5 of length Z 1 (ie, a column of the fifth sequence). Sequence #6 (i.e., an example of the fourth sequence) in which any two of the Q sequences # 5 are orthogonal to each other. Therefore, any two of the generated Q sequences # 6 are orthogonal to the sequence # 6.
需要说明的是,第二序列的生成方式和方式1中第二序列的生成方式相同,第五序列的生成方式和方式1中第三序列的生成方式类似,第四序列的生成方式和方式1中第一序列的生成方式类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the second sequence is generated in the same manner as the second sequence in the mode 1, and the fifth sequence is generated in the same manner as the third sequence in the mode 1, and the fourth sequence is generated and the mode is The first sequence is generated in a similar manner and will not be described here.
方式3 Mode 3
发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,所述Q个第六序列中的任意两个第六序列正交,所述Q个第六序列分别为所述G个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤G。The transmitting device generates Q sixth sequences of length Z, and any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively Q antennas of the G antenna ports The reference signal sequence of the port, Q ≤ G.
其中,所述Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复R1次得到,所述Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。Wherein, the Q sixth sequences are obtained by repeating R 1 times according to Q first Zoffov-Chu ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two first ZC sequences of the Q first ZC sequences are orthogonal .
可选地,发送设备只生成一组序列(为了便于理解和描述,以下记作序列#a),不同调度单元中的每个调度单元都使用所述序列#a,其中,一组序列包括G个天线端口对应的G个参考信号的序列。Optionally, the transmitting device generates only one set of sequences (hereinafter referred to as sequence #a for ease of understanding and description), and each of the different scheduling units uses the sequence #a, wherein the set of sequences includes G A sequence of G reference signals corresponding to the antenna ports.
可选地,发送设备生成多组序列,不同调度单元中的每个调度单元使用一组序列,其中,一组序列包括G个天线端口对应的G个参考信号的序列。Optionally, the sending device generates a plurality of sets of sequences, each of the different scheduling units uses a set of sequences, wherein the set of sequences includes a sequence of G reference signals corresponding to the G antenna ports.
例如,生成3组序列(为了便于理解和描述,以下记作序列#a、序列#b、和序列#c),第一个调度单元使用序列#a,第二个调度单元使用序列#b,第三个调度单元使用序列#c。For example, three sets of sequences are generated (for ease of understanding and description, hereinafter referred to as sequence #a, sequence #b, and sequence #c), the first scheduling unit uses sequence #a, and the second scheduling unit uses sequence #b, The third scheduling unit uses sequence #c.
对于一个参考信号位于2个符号上的情况,每个符号上的参考信号序列的生成方式都可以使用上述序列生成方式中的任意一种方式。可选地,可以使用长度为2的相互正交的OCC序列对时域上相邻的2个RE扩频,其中,扩频的方式和现有技术中的扩频方式相同。In the case where one reference signal is located on two symbols, the manner in which the reference signal sequence on each symbol is generated may be any one of the above-described sequence generation methods. Alternatively, two mutually adjacent REs in the time domain may be spread using a mutually orthogonal OCC sequence of length 2, wherein the manner of spreading is the same as that of the prior art.
在本发明实施例中,不同天线端口的参考信号序列在一个频域单元内或在一个频域单元组内通过正交序列码分段正交。In the embodiment of the present invention, the reference signal sequences of different antenna ports are orthogonally segmented by orthogonal sequence codes in one frequency domain unit or in one frequency domain unit group.
下文结合图8,以下行传输(即,发送设备为网络设备,接收设备为用户设备)为例,详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法。The method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 8 , where the following line transmission (ie, the transmitting device is a network device and the receiving device is a user device).
图8示出了从设备交互的角度描述的根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法100的示意性流程图。该方法200包括网络设备和用户设备,如图8所示,该方法100包括:FIG. 8 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 100 of transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as described in terms of device interaction. The method 200 includes a network device and a user device. As shown in FIG. 8, the method 100 includes:
S101、网络设备确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,该第一TTI资源块
在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2。S101. The network device determines a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block is
M symbols are occupied in the time domain, and N frequency domain units are occupied in the frequency domain, and each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where M≥1, N≥1 , K ≥ 2.
需要说明的是,在LTE及其对应的演进系统中,可以认为每个频域单元包括12个连续的子载波。It should be noted that, in LTE and its corresponding evolved system, each frequency domain unit may be considered to include 12 consecutive subcarriers.
可选地,该第一TTI资源块用于传输物理信道或参考信号。Optionally, the first TTI resource block is used to transmit a physical channel or a reference signal.
可选地,该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元是连续的。Optionally, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are consecutive.
可选地,该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元是非连续的。Optionally, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are discontinuous.
可选地,网络设备确定TTI资源块占用的频域资源是以频域单元组为单位的,一个频域单元组内可以包括N1个连续的频域单元,N1≥2。该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元包括R1个频域单元组,该R1个频域单元组在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,R1≥1。Optionally, the network device determines that the frequency domain resource occupied by the TTI resource block is in a frequency domain unit group, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 2. The N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 frequency domain unit groups may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, R 1 ≥1.
S102、网络设备确定P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,P≥1。S102. The network device determines P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where P≥1.
假设,下行参考信号最多可以支持G个天线端口,对应天线端口号为端口g到端口(g+G-1),g表示该G个天线端口中第一个天线端口的编号,每个天线端口对应一个参考信号。可选地,网络设备确定P个参考信号,包括确定第一TTI资源块上传输的参考信号的天线端口数为P,确定该P个天线端口分别对应的天线端口号,确定该P个天线端口中每个天线端口在第一TTI资源块上的时域位置,或频域位置,或对应的参考信号序列等,其中P≤G。需要说明的是,网络设备确定P个天线端口的端口号不限定从第一个天线端口号开始,例如,假设最多可以支持4个天线端口,网络设备确定传输2个参考信号,该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号可以为端口g和端口(g+1);该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号也可以为端口(g+2)和端口(g+3);该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号还可以为端口(g+1)和端口(g+3)。Assume that the downlink reference signal can support up to G antenna ports, the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g indicates the number of the first antenna port of the G antenna ports, and each antenna port Corresponds to a reference signal. Optionally, the network device determines the P reference signals, including determining the number of antenna ports of the reference signal transmitted on the first TTI resource block as P, determining an antenna port number corresponding to the P antenna ports, and determining the P antenna ports. a time domain position of each antenna port on the first TTI resource block, or a frequency domain location, or a corresponding reference signal sequence, etc., where P ≤ G. It should be noted that the network device determines that the port number of the P antenna ports is not limited to start from the first antenna port number. For example, if a maximum of four antenna ports can be supported, the network device determines to transmit two reference signals, and the two reference signals are used. The antenna port number corresponding to the signal may be port g and port (g+1); the antenna port number corresponding to the two reference signals may also be port (g+2) and port (g+3); the two reference signals The corresponding antenna port number can also be port (g+1) and port (g+3).
需要说明的是,S102与S101之间并没有先后的顺序关系。It should be noted that there is no sequential relationship between S102 and S101.
应理解,上述实施例中所提供的参考信号的时域位置、或频域位置、或不同天线端口的配置方式、或参考信号的序列生成方式在这里都是适用的。It should be understood that the time domain position, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal provided in the above embodiment, or the configuration manner of different antenna ports, or the sequence generation manner of the reference signal are applicable here.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个端口号对应的参考信号的时域位置、频域位置、参考信号的序列是唯一确定的,网络设备和用户设备在参考信号传输之前都可以确定其对应关系,因此,网络设备确定P个参考信号,可以为网络设备确定P个参考信号对应的P个天线端口的端口号。
Optionally, the time domain location, the frequency domain location, and the sequence of the reference signal of the reference signal corresponding to each port number of the G antenna ports are uniquely determined, and the network device and the user equipment can determine the reference signal before the transmission of the reference signal. Corresponding relationship, therefore, the network device determines P reference signals, and may determine, for the network device, the port number of the P antenna ports corresponding to the P reference signals.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个天线端口对应的参考信号和其对应的TTI资源块的关系是预定义的。例如资源块#a,#b,#c为3个时域连续的资源块,其中,资源块#a上传输3个参考信号,该3个参考信号的天线端口分别为g,(g+1),(g+2)。端口g对应的参考信号用于资源块#a上传输的物理信道的解调,端口(g+1)对应的参考信号用于资源块#b上传输的物理信道的解调,端口(g+2)对应的参考信号用于资源块#c上传输的物理信道的解调。Optionally, the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is predefined. For example, resource blocks #a, #b, #c are three time-domain contiguous resource blocks, wherein three reference signals are transmitted on resource block #a, and the antenna ports of the three reference signals are respectively g, (g+1) ), (g+2). The reference signal corresponding to port g is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #a, and the reference signal corresponding to port (g+1) is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #b, port (g+ 2) The corresponding reference signal is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #c.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个天线端口对应的参考信号和其对应的TTI资源块的关系是网络设备通过信令通知给用户设备的。Optionally, the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is that the network device notifies the user equipment by signaling.
可选地,网络设备将确定的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号的信息通知给用户设备。其中,该信息包括参考信号的天线端口个数,或天线端口号,或参考信号的时域位置,或参考信号的频域位置、或参考信号的序列生成参数、或参考信号使用的正交码等。Optionally, the network device notifies the user equipment of the information of the at least one of the determined P reference signals. The information includes the number of antenna ports of the reference signal, or the antenna port number, or the time domain position of the reference signal, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal, or the sequence generation parameter of the reference signal, or the orthogonal code used by the reference signal. Wait.
可选地,网络设备将确定的第一TTI资源块的信息通知给用户设备。可选地,第一TTI资源块的信息包括第一TTI资源块在时域上占用的符号个数,或在频域上占用的频域单元数。Optionally, the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the first TTI resource block. Optionally, the information of the first TTI resource block includes the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain, or the number of frequency domain units occupied in the frequency domain.
可选地,网络设备可以根据用户设备当前的信道状态或移动速度选用合适的参考信号的图案。Optionally, the network device may select a pattern of a suitable reference signal according to a current channel state or a moving speed of the user equipment.
S103、网络设备向至少一个用户设备传输该P个参考信号。S103. The network device transmits the P reference signals to the at least one user equipment.
需要说明的是,网络设备在P个天线端口中的每个天线端口上发送其对应的P个参考信号中的每个参考信号。It should be noted that the network device transmits each of its corresponding P reference signals on each of the P antenna ports.
可选地,网络设备确定的上述P个参考信号,可以是发送给一个用户设备的,也可以是发送给多个用户设备的。Optionally, the foregoing P reference signals determined by the network device may be sent to one user equipment, or may be sent to multiple user equipments.
可选地,所述P个参考信号可以用于第一TTI资源块,也可以用于其他TTI资源块。Optionally, the P reference signals may be used for the first TTI resource block, and may also be used for other TTI resource blocks.
S104、用户设备接收网络设备发送的该P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号。S104. The user equipment receives at least one of the P reference signals sent by the network device.
可选地,用户设备还接收网络设备发送的天线端口号的指示信息。Optionally, the user equipment further receives indication information of an antenna port number sent by the network device.
S105、用户设备根据该至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Management,RRM)
测量、定位测量。S105. The user equipment performs at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, and radio resource control (Radio). Resource Management, RRM)
Measurement, positioning measurement.
可选地,该网络设备确定第二TTI资源块,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,其中,该第二TTI资源块和该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用的符号数可以相同,也可以不同;Optionally, the network device determines a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block and the first TTI resource block are The number of symbols occupied in the time domain may be the same or different;
该网络设备在该第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在该第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;The network device transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
其中,该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号用于该第一物理信道的解调,该第一物理信道的层数等于天线端口的个数I;该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号用于该第二物理信道的解调,该第二物理信道的层数等于天线端口的个数J,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。The reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, where the number of layers of the first physical channel is equal to the number I of the antenna ports; and the P antenna ports are The reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports are used for demodulation of the second physical channel, and the number of layers of the second physical channel is equal to the number of antenna ports J, 1≤I≤P, 1≤J≤P.
在本发明实施例中,用于解调第一物理信道的参考信号(假设,有I个)和用于解调第二物理信道的参考信号(假设,有J个)可以在同一个TTI内传输。例如,在第一TTI内,网络设备向用户设备发送P个参考信号和第一物理信道,其中,P个参考信号中有I个用于第一物理信道的解调,有J个用于第二物理信道的解调。在第二TTI内,网络设备向用户设备发送第二物理信道。In the embodiment of the present invention, the reference signal for demodulating the first physical channel (assuming there are one) and the reference signal for demodulating the second physical channel (assuming that there are J) may be in the same TTI. transmission. For example, in the first TTI, the network device sends P reference signals and a first physical channel to the user equipment, where one of the P reference signals is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and J is used for the first Demodulation of two physical channels. Within the second TTI, the network device transmits a second physical channel to the user equipment.
需要说明的是,第一物理信道和第二物理信道可以是同一个用户设备的物理信道,也可以是不同用户设备的物理信道。所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口和所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口可以是相同的天线端口,也可以是不同的天线端口,还可以是部分相同的天线端口。It should be noted that the first physical channel and the second physical channel may be physical channels of the same user equipment, or may be physical channels of different user equipments. One of the P antenna ports and the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports may be the same antenna port, or may be different antenna ports, or may be partially identical antenna ports.
可选地,第一物理信道和第二物理信道是发送给同一个用户设备的,其中I个参考信号对应的天线端口和J个参考信号对应的天线端口可以相同,也可以不同。对于用户设备而言,在第一TTI接收到第一物理信道和用于解调第一物理信道的I个参考信号以及用于解调第二物理信道的J个参考信号,因此,用户设备可以根据该I个参考信号对第一物理信道进行解调,并在第二TTI接收到第二物理信道以后,再根据在第一TTI内接收到的J个用于第二物理信道解调的参考信号对第二物理信道进行解调。Optionally, the first physical channel and the second physical channel are sent to the same user equipment, where the antenna port corresponding to the one reference signal and the antenna port corresponding to the J reference signals may be the same or different. For the user equipment, the first TTI receives the first physical channel and the I reference signals for demodulating the first physical channel and the J reference signals for demodulating the second physical channel, so the user equipment can Demodulating the first physical channel according to the one reference signal, and after receiving the second physical channel in the second TTI, according to the J reference for the second physical channel demodulation received in the first TTI The signal demodulates the second physical channel.
可选地,第一物理信道是发送给用户设备1的,第二物理信道是发送给用户设备2的,其中I个参考信号对应的天线端口和J个参考信号对应的天线端口不同。对于用户设备1而言,在第一TTI接收到第一物理信道和用于解调第一物理信道的I个参考信号,因此,用户设备1可以根据该I个参考
信号对第一物理信道进行解调;对于用户设备2而言,在第一TTI接收到用于解调第二物理信道的J个参考信号,因此,在第二TTI接收到第二物理信道以后,用户设备2根据在第一TTI上接收到的J个参考信号对第二物理信道进行解调。Optionally, the first physical channel is sent to the user equipment 1, and the second physical channel is sent to the user equipment 2. The antenna port corresponding to the one reference signal is different from the antenna port corresponding to the J reference signals. For the user equipment 1, the first physical channel and the I reference signals for demodulating the first physical channel are received at the first TTI, and therefore, the user equipment 1 can according to the I reference
The signal demodulates the first physical channel; for the user equipment 2, the J reference signals for demodulating the second physical channel are received at the first TTI, and therefore, after the second TTI receives the second physical channel The user equipment 2 demodulates the second physical channel according to the J reference signals received on the first TTI.
可选地,所述P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号不携带预编码信息。Optionally, at least one of the P reference signals does not carry precoding information.
对于一个用户设备而言,可选地,所述第一TTI资源块上的物理信道或参考信号携带相同的预编码矩阵信息。可选地,所述第一TTI资源块的N个频域单元包括R1个频域单元组,其中,每个频域单元组内包括N1个连续的频域单元,该N1个连续的频域单元上的物理信道或参考信号携带相同的预编码矩阵信息,不同频域单元组间可以携带相同的预编码矩阵信息,也可以携带不同的预编码矩阵信息。For a user equipment, optionally, the physical channel or reference signal on the first TTI resource block carries the same precoding matrix information. Optionally, the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, where each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the N 1 consecutive The physical channel or the reference signal on the frequency domain unit carries the same precoding matrix information, and the different frequency domain unit groups may carry the same precoding matrix information, and may also carry different precoding matrix information.
现有技术中,下行解调参考信号通常配置在一个时隙的后面两个符号上,只有在参考信号接收完成以后,才可以对信道进行解调。因此,本发明实施例提供的传输参考信号的方法,可以缩短下行物理信道解调的时延。In the prior art, the downlink demodulation reference signal is usually configured on the last two symbols of a time slot, and the channel can be demodulated only after the reference signal is received. Therefore, the method for transmitting a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present invention can shorten the delay of downlink physical channel demodulation.
下文结合图9,以上行传输(即,发送设备为UE,接收设备为网络设备)为例,说明根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法。The method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention is described below with reference to FIG. 9 in which the above line transmission (ie, the transmitting device is a UE and the receiving device is a network device).
图9示出了从设备交互的角度描述的根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法200的示意性流程图。该方法200包括网络设备和用户设备,如图9所示,该方法200包括:9 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 200 of transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as described in terms of device interaction. The method 200 includes a network device and a user device. As shown in FIG. 9, the method 200 includes:
S201、网络设备向用户设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示用户设备上行传输使用的P个参考信号或第一TTI资源块。S201. The network device sends the indication information to the user equipment, where the indication information is used to indicate the P reference signals or the first TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission.
其中,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,P≥1。The P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, and P≥1.
需要说明的是,在本发明的所有实施例中,所有的指示信息都可以使网络设备通过物理层信令或媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)层信令或无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令发送给用户设备的。It should be noted that, in all embodiments of the present invention, all indication information may enable the network device to pass physical layer signaling or media access control (MAC) layer signaling or radio resource control (Radio Resource). Control, RRC) signaling is sent to the user equipment.
可选地,在本发明的所有实施例中,所有的指示信息都可以是网络设备通过本载波或非本载波发送给用户设备的。Optionally, in all the embodiments of the present invention, all the indication information may be sent by the network device to the user equipment by using the carrier or the non-local carrier.
假设上行参考信号最多可以支持G个天线端口,对应天线端口号为端口g到端口(g+G-1),g表示该G个天线端口中第一个天线端口的编号,每个天线端口对应一个参考信号。可选地,网络设备确定P个参考信号用于用户设备上行传输并通过指示信息发送给用户设备,该指示信息可以包括该P个
天线端口分别对应的天线端口号,确定该P个天线端口中每个天线端口在第一TTI资源块上的时域位置,或频域位置,或对应的参考信号序列等,其中P≤G。需要说明的是,网络设备确定P个天线端口的端口号不限定从第一个天线端口号开始,例如,假设最多可以支持4个天线端口,网络设备确定传输2个参考信号,该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号可以为端口g和端口(g+1);该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号也可以为端口(g+2)和端口(g+3);该2个参考信号对应的天线端口号还可以为端口(g+1)和端口(g+3)。Assume that the uplink reference signal can support up to G antenna ports, the corresponding antenna port number is port g to port (g+G-1), and g indicates the number of the first antenna port of the G antenna ports, and each antenna port corresponds to A reference signal. Optionally, the network device determines that the P reference signals are used for the uplink transmission of the user equipment, and are sent to the user equipment by using the indication information, where the indication information may include the P
The antenna port numbers corresponding to the antenna ports respectively determine a time domain position, or a frequency domain position, or a corresponding reference signal sequence of each of the P antenna ports on the first TTI resource block, where P≤G. It should be noted that the network device determines that the port number of the P antenna ports is not limited to start from the first antenna port number. For example, if a maximum of four antenna ports can be supported, the network device determines to transmit two reference signals, and the two reference signals are used. The antenna port number corresponding to the signal may be port g and port (g+1); the antenna port number corresponding to the two reference signals may also be port (g+2) and port (g+3); the two reference signals The corresponding antenna port number can also be port (g+1) and port (g+3).
应理解,上述实施例中所提供的参考信号的时域位置、或频域位置、或不同天线端口的配置方式、或参考信号的序列生成方式在这里都是适用的。It should be understood that the time domain position, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal provided in the above embodiment, or the configuration manner of different antenna ports, or the sequence generation manner of the reference signal are applicable here.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个端口号对应的参考信号的时域位置、频域位置、参考信号的序列是唯一确定的,网络设备和用户设备在参考信号传输之前都可以确定其对应关系,因此,该指示信息用于指示用户设备上行传输使用的P个参考信号,可以为该P个参考信号对应的P个天线端口的端口号。Optionally, the time domain location, the frequency domain location, and the sequence of the reference signal of the reference signal corresponding to each port number of the G antenna ports are uniquely determined, and the network device and the user equipment can determine the reference signal before the transmission of the reference signal. Corresponding relationship, therefore, the indication information is used to indicate P reference signals used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, and may be port numbers of P antenna ports corresponding to the P reference signals.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个天线端口对应的参考信号和其对应的TTI资源块的关系是预定义的。例如资源块#a,#b,#c为3个时域连续的资源块,其中,资源块#a上传输3个参考信号,该3个参考信号的天线端口分别为g,(g+1),(g+2)。端口g对应的参考信号用于资源块#a上传输的物理信道的解调,端口(g+1)对应的参考信号用于资源块#b上传输的物理信道的解调,端口(g+2)对应的参考信号用于资源块#c上传输的物理信道的解调。因此,该指示信息可以用于指示用户设备上行传输使用的TTI资源块,用户设备可以根据参考信号端口和TTI资源块的关系确定该P个参考信号对应的P个天线端口号,进而确定该P个参考信号。Optionally, the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is predefined. For example, resource blocks #a, #b, #c are three time-domain contiguous resource blocks, wherein three reference signals are transmitted on resource block #a, and the antenna ports of the three reference signals are respectively g, (g+1) ), (g+2). The reference signal corresponding to port g is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #a, and the reference signal corresponding to port (g+1) is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #b, port (g+ 2) The corresponding reference signal is used for demodulation of the physical channel transmitted on resource block #c. Therefore, the indication information may be used to indicate a TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, and the user equipment may determine P antenna port numbers corresponding to the P reference signals according to the relationship between the reference signal port and the TTI resource block, thereby determining the P. Reference signals.
可选地,G个天线端口中的每个天线端口对应的参考信号和其对应的TTI资源块的关系是网络设备通过信令通知给用户设备的。Optionally, the relationship between the reference signal corresponding to each of the G antenna ports and its corresponding TTI resource block is that the network device notifies the user equipment by signaling.
可选地,网络设备将确定的P个参考信号的信息通知给用户设备。其中,该信息包括参考信号的天线端口个数,或天线端口号,或参考信号的时域位置,或参考信号的频域位置、或参考信号的序列生成参数、或参考信号使用的正交码等。Optionally, the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the P reference signals. The information includes the number of antenna ports of the reference signal, or the antenna port number, or the time domain position of the reference signal, or the frequency domain position of the reference signal, or the sequence generation parameter of the reference signal, or the orthogonal code used by the reference signal. Wait.
可选地,网络设备将确定的第一TTI资源块的信息通知给用户设备。可选地,第一TTI资源块的信息包括第一TTI资源块在时域上占用的符号个数,
或在频域上占用的频域单元数。Optionally, the network device notifies the user equipment of the determined information of the first TTI resource block. Optionally, the information of the first TTI resource block includes the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain,
Or the number of frequency domain units occupied in the frequency domain.
可选地,该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2。进一步可选地,该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元是连续的。或者,该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元是非连续的。或者,该第一TTI资源块在频域上占用的N个频域单元包括R1个频域单元组,一个频域单元组内可以包括N1个连续的频域单元,N1≥2,该R1个频域单元组在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,R1≥1。Optionally, the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, where each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers. Where M≥1, N≥1, K≥2. Further optionally, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are continuous. Or, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain are discontinuous. Or, the N frequency domain units occupied by the first TTI resource block in the frequency domain include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, and one frequency domain unit group may include N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 2, The R 1 frequency domain unit group may be continuous or non-contiguous in the frequency domain, and R 1 ≥1.
S202、用户设备根据该指示信息,在第一TTI资源块上向网络设备传输所述P个参考信号。S202. The user equipment transmits the P reference signals to the network device on the first TTI resource block according to the indication information.
需要说明的是,用户设备在P个天线端口中的每个天线端口上发送该天线端口对应的参考信号。It should be noted that the user equipment sends a reference signal corresponding to the antenna port on each of the P antenna ports.
S203、网络设备接收用户设备发送的P个参考信号。S203. The network device receives P reference signals sent by the user equipment.
S204、网络设备根据该P个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量。S204. The network device performs at least one of the following according to the P reference signals: channel estimation, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, and channel state information measurement.
可选地,该用户设备在该第一TTI资源块上还传输第一物理信道,其中,该第一物理信道的层数小于或等于天线端口的个数P。该P个参考信号用于该第一物理信道的解调,网络设备在第一TTI资源块上接收第一物理信道,网络设备可以根据该P个参考信号对第一物理信道进行解调。Optionally, the user equipment further transmits a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, where the number of layers of the first physical channel is less than or equal to the number P of antenna ports. The P reference signals are used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the network device receives the first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and the network device may demodulate the first physical channel according to the P reference signals.
可选地,网络设备还指示用户设备上行传输使用的第二TTI资源块,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,其中,该第二TTI资源块和该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用的符号数可以相同,也可以不同。该用户设备在该第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道,其中,该第二物理信道的层数小于或等于天线端口的个数P。网络设备可以根据第一TTI上接收到的P个参考信号对第二物理信道进行解调。Optionally, the network device further indicates a second TTI resource block used by the user equipment for uplink transmission, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block and the The number of symbols occupied by the first TTI resource block in the time domain may be the same or different. The user equipment transmits a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block, where the number of layers of the second physical channel is less than or equal to the number P of antenna ports. The network device may demodulate the second physical channel according to the P reference signals received on the first TTI.
可选地,所述P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号不携带预编码信息。Optionally, at least one of the P reference signals does not carry precoding information.
可选地,所述第一TTI资源块的N个频域单元上的物理信道或参考信号携带相同的预编码矩阵信息。可选地,所述第一TTI资源块的N个频域单元包括R1个频域单元组,其中,每个频域单元组内包括N1个连续的频域单元,该N1个连续的频域单元上的物理信道或参考信号携带相同的预编码矩阵信
息,不同频域单元组间可以携带相同的预编码矩阵信息,也可以携带不同的预编码矩阵信息。Optionally, the physical channel or reference signal on the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block carries the same precoding matrix information. Optionally, the N frequency domain units of the first TTI resource block include R 1 frequency domain unit groups, where each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the N 1 consecutive The physical channel or the reference signal on the frequency domain unit carries the same precoding matrix information, and the different frequency domain unit groups may carry the same precoding matrix information, and may also carry different precoding matrix information.
根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法,可以减小上行参考信号的开销,缩短上行物理信道解调的时延。According to the method for transmitting a reference signal according to the embodiment of the present invention, the overhead of the uplink reference signal can be reduced, and the delay of the uplink physical channel demodulation can be shortened.
上文结合图1至图9,详细说明了根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法,以下结合图10和图11说明根据本发明实施的传输参考信号的装置。The method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 through 9, and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 10 and 11.
图10示出了根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置300的示意性框图。如图10所示,如图10所示,该装置300包括确定单元310和传输单元320,其中,FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, as shown in FIG. 10, the apparatus 300 includes a determining unit 310 and a transmitting unit 320, where
该确定单元310用于确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,该第一TTI资源块上承载有第一物理信道,该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2;The determining unit 310 is configured to determine a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block carries a first physical channel, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and is occupied in the frequency domain. N frequency domain units, each of the N frequency domain units comprising K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M≥1, N≥1, K≥2;
该确定单元310还用于确定P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,该P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号用于解调该第一物理信道,P≥1;The determining unit 310 is further configured to determine P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, and at least one of the P reference signals is used to demodulate the first physical channel, P≥1;
该传输单元320用于接收设备传输该P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在该S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K。The transmitting unit 320 is configured to receive, by the receiving device, the P reference signals, where an ith reference signal of the P reference signals is located in S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and in the S Each frequency domain unit in the frequency domain unit occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该S个频域单元中每个频域单元的该L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,该R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,该R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs. Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L/2).
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第一个符号上,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols, or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,该第m个符号为该M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The ith reference signal is located on the mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/ 2), ceil () means round up, or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z
个元素,Z=S·L,该传输参考信号的装置300还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the P reference signals includes Z.
The element 300, Z=S·L, the device 300 for transmitting a reference signal further includes:
第一生成单元330,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,该Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,该Q个第一序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,该Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。The first generating unit 330 is configured to generate Q first sequences of length Z, where any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports. Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports, Q≤P, wherein the Q first sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any of the Q third sequences The two third sequences are orthogonal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到,n1为小于或等于L的偶数,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L, or
该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,该W序列为n=0,1,...m1-1,其中,m1表示W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位,Q≤nCS。The Q third sequence is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is n = 0, 1, ... m 1 -1, where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift, Q ≤ n CS .
可选地,作为一个实施例,该N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,该R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,该S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,该R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,该R1个第一频域单元组与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,Optionally, as an embodiment, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups. a frequency domain unit, the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units And the R 1 first frequency domain unit group and the R 1 second frequency domain unit group are in one-to-one correspondence, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,
该S1个频域单元为该N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1,或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 , or
该S1个频域单元在该N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥3, 2≤S 1 ≤ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
该S1个频域单元为位于该N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该传输参考信号的装置300还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements, the N sequence units comprising Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , the apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal Also includes:
第二生成单元340,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,该Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,该Q个第四序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,该Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。
The second generating unit 340 is configured to generate Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports. a reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports, Q ≤ P, wherein the Q fourth sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a fifth sequence of length Z 1 , in the Q fifth sequence Any two fifth sequences are orthogonal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该传输参考信号的装置300还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements, the N sequence units comprising Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , the apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal Also includes:
第三生成单元350,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,该Q个第六序列中的任意两个第六序列正交,该Q个第六序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一ZC序列重复得到,该Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。The third generating unit 350 is configured to generate Q sixth sequences of length Z, and any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively in the P antenna ports. Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports, Q≤P, wherein the Q sixth sequences are repeatedly obtained according to Q first ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q first ZC sequences are first The ZC sequences are orthogonal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the N frequency domain units. The subcarriers are the same, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units.
其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该确定单元310还用于确定第二TTI资源块,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块;Optionally, as an embodiment, the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;
该传输单元320具体用于在该第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在该第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;The transmitting unit 320 is specifically configured to transmit a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmit a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
其中,该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的I个参考信号用于该第一物理信道的解调,该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的J个参考信号用于该第二物理信道的解调,P≥1,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。The reference signals corresponding to the one antenna port of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the J reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ≥ 1, 1 ≤ I ≤ P, 1 ≤ J ≤ P.
根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置300可对应于根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法中的发送设备,并且,该装置300中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8中由发送设备执行的各个步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The apparatus 300 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a transmitting apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively The various steps performed by the sending device in FIG. 8 are implemented, and are not described herein for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置,提供了短TTI传输场景下
参考信号的配置图案和参考信号序列,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。Therefore, the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a short TTI transmission scenario.
The configuration pattern of the reference signal and the reference signal sequence can support the transmission of the reference signal in the short TTI transmission scenario.
图11示出了根据本发明另一实施例的传输参考信号的装置400的示意性框图。如图11所示,如图11所示,该装置400包括接收单元410和处理单元420,其中,FIG. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, as shown in FIG. 11, the device 400 includes a receiving unit 410 and a processing unit 420, where
接收单元410,用于接收发送设备发送的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,所述P个参考信号承载在第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块上,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,P≥1,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K;The receiving unit 410 is configured to receive at least one of the P reference signals sent by the sending device, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where the P reference signals are carried in the first transmission time interval. On the TTI resource block, the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, where each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive Subcarriers, where P≥1, M≥1, N≥1, K≥2, the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located in S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units And occupying L subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units and located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K;
处理单元420,用于根据所述至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制AGC调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理RRM测量、定位测量。The processing unit 420 is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement, and positioning measurement .
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元的所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,所述R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discrete within the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs. Distribution, each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L/2).
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, and includes:
所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or
所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整;或The ith reference signal is located on an mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n= Ceil(M/2),ceil() means round up; or
所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,所述装置还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes Z elements, Z=S·L, and the apparatus further includes:
第一生成单元,为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第一序列,其中,
所述第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为L的第三序列得到。a first generating unit, configured to generate a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, where
The first sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,Optionally, as an embodiment, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 Continuing frequency domain units, the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 a frequency domain unit, the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups and the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,
所述S1个频域单元为所述N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or
所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥3, 2≤S 1 ≤ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up ,or
所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups are one by one Correspondingly, each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements, the N sequence units comprise Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , The device also includes:
第二生成单元,用于为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第四序列,其中,所述第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为Z1的第五序列得到。A second generating unit configured to reference the i-th signal generating fourth sequence of length Z, wherein Z according to the length of the fourth sequence to obtain a fifth sequence of a second sequence and length Z is.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups are one by one Correspondingly, each of the R 1 sequence units comprises Z 1 elements, the N sequence units comprise Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , The device also includes:
第三生成单元,用于为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第六序列,其中,所述第六序列根据长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到。Third generating means for said i-th length of the sixth reference signal generating sequence Z, wherein the sixth sequence of the first rank and file according to the length Z of the doffer 1 - Chu ZC sequence repeats obtained.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are in each of the S frequency domain units. The occupied subcarriers are the same, or
所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or
所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or
所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述
S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are in the
The subcarriers occupied in each of the frequency domain units are different.
其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收单元还用于接收第一物理信道,所述第一物理信道承载在所述第一TTI资源块上,所述第一物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口;Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, and the first physical channel corresponds to the P One antenna port in the antenna port;
所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
解调单元,用于根据所述I个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第一物理信道进行解调。And a demodulation unit, configured to demodulate the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to the one antenna port.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述接收单元还用于接收第二物理信道,所述第二物理信道承载在第二TTI资源块上,所述第二TTI资源块为所述第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,所述第二物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口;Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, and the second TTI resource block is the first TTI a TTI resource block after the resource block, where the second physical channel corresponds to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;
所述接收设备根据所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第二物理信道进行解调,1≤J≤P。The receiving device demodulates the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1≤J≤P.
根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置400可对应于根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法中的接收设备,并且,该装置400中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8中由接收设备执行的各个步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The apparatus 400 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a receiving apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively The various steps performed by the receiving device in FIG. 8 are implemented, and are not described herein for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置,提供了短TTI传输场景下参考信号的配置图案和参考信号序列,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。Therefore, the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
以上,结合图10和图11详细说明了根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置,以下,结合图12和图13详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的设备。The apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 10 and 11. Hereinafter, an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13.
图12示出了根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的设备500的示意性框图。如图12所示,该设备500包括处理器510、收发器520、存储器530和总线系统540,其中,处理器510、收发器520和存储器530可以通过总线系统540相连,该存储器530可以用于存储指令,该处理器510用于执行该存储器530存储的指令,FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the apparatus 500 includes a processor 510, a transceiver 520, a memory 530, and a bus system 540, wherein the processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 can be connected by a bus system 540, which can be used for Storing instructions, the processor 510 is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory 530,
用于确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,该第一TTI资源块上承载有第一物理信道,该第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N
个频域单元,该N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2;And determining, by the first TTI resource block, a first physical channel, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N in the frequency domain.
a frequency domain unit, each of the N frequency domain units comprising K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M≥1, N≥1, K≥2;
用于确定P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,P≥1;For determining P reference signals, wherein the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, P≥1;
用于控制收发器520传输该P个参考信号,其中,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在该S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K。The control transceiver 520 is configured to transmit the P reference signals, where an ith reference signal of the P reference signals is located in S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and in the S frequency domain Each frequency domain unit in the unit occupies L subcarriers and is located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该S个频域单元中每个频域单元的该L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,该R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,该R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs. Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L/2).
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第一个符号上,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal is located on the first symbol of the M symbols, or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,该第m个符号为该M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The ith reference signal is located on the mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/ 2), ceil () means round up, or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,该处理器510具体用于生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,该Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,该Q个第一序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,该Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。Optionally, as an embodiment, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes Z elements, Z=S·L, and the processor 510 is specifically configured to generate Q first sequences of length Z, Any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are reference signal sequences of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports, respectively, Q≤P, wherein the Q A sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two of the Q sequences are orthogonal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到,n1为小于或等于L的偶数,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L, or
该Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,该W序列为The Q third sequence is obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is
其中,m1表示W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位,Q≤nCS。
Where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift, Q ≤ n CS .
可选地,作为一个实施例,该N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,该R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,该S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,该R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,该R1个第一频域单元组与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,Optionally, as an embodiment, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups. a frequency domain unit, the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units And the R 1 first frequency domain unit group and the R 1 second frequency domain unit group are in one-to-one correspondence, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,
该S1个频域单元为该N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or
该S1个频域单元在该N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥3, 2≤S 1 ≤ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
该S1个频域单元为位于该N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该N1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该处理器510具体用于生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,该Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,该Q个第四序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,该Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。Optionally, as an embodiment, the i th reference signal of the P reference signals includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the N 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , and the processor 510 is specifically used for Generating a fourth sequence of Q lengths Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are reference signal sequences of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports respectively Q ≤ P, wherein the Q fourth sequences are obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a fifth sequence of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q fifth sequences are orthogonal .
可选地,作为一个实施例,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该处理器510具体用于生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,该Q个第六序列中的任意两个第六序列正交,该Q个第六序列分别为该P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,其中,该Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一ZC序列重复得到,该Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , and the processor 510 is specifically used for Generating a sixth sixth sequence of length Z, wherein any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are reference signal sequences of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports respectively Q ≤ P, wherein the Q sixth sequences are repeatedly obtained according to Q first ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two first ZC sequences of the Q first ZC sequences are orthogonal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the N frequency domain units. The subcarriers are the same, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或
The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该N个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the N frequency domain units.
其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该确定单元310还用于确定第二TTI资源块,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块;Optionally, as an embodiment, the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;
该传输单元320具体用于在该第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在该第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;The transmitting unit 320 is specifically configured to transmit a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmit a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;
其中,该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的I个参考信号用于该第一物理信道的解调,该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的J个参考信号用于该第二物理信道的解调,P≥1,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。The reference signals corresponding to the one antenna port of the P antenna ports are used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the J reference signals corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports are used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ≥ 1, 1 ≤ I ≤ P, 1 ≤ J ≤ P.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,该处理器510可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,简称为“CPU”),该处理器510还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 510 may be a central processing unit ("CPU"), and the processor 510 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs). , an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, and the like. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器530可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器510提供指令和数据。处理器510的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器510还可以存储设备类型的信息。The memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 510. A portion of processor 510 may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, processor 510 can also store information of the type of device.
该总线系统540除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统540。The bus system 540 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 540 in the figure.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器510中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的传输参考信号的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器530,处理器510读取存储器530中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 510 or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method for transmitting a reference signal disclosed in the embodiment of the present invention may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in memory 530, and processor 510 reads the information in memory 530 and, in conjunction with its hardware, performs the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
根据本发明实施例的用于传输参考信号的设备500可对应于根据本发明
实施例的传输参考信号的方法中的发送设备,并且,该设备500中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8(或图9)中由网络设备执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Apparatus 500 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the present invention
a transmitting device in a method of transmitting a reference signal of an embodiment, and each unit in the device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above respectively implement a corresponding flow performed by the network device in FIG. 8 (or FIG. 9), Concise, no longer repeat here.
因此,本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置,提供了短TTI传输场景下参考信号的配置图案和参考信号序列,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。Therefore, the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
图13示出了根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的设备600的示意性框图。如图13所示,该设备600包括处理器610、收发器620、存储器630和总线系统640,其中,处理器610、收发器620和存储器630可以通过总线系统640相连,该存储器630可以用于存储指令,该处理器610用于执行该存储器630存储的指令,以控制收发器620接收发送设备发送的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,所述P个参考信号承载在第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块上,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,P≥1,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K;FIG. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting a reference signal in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the device 600 includes a processor 610, a transceiver 620, a memory 630, and a bus system 640, wherein the processor 610, the transceiver 620, and the memory 630 can be connected by a bus system 640, which can be used for Storing instructions, the processor 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory 630, to control the transceiver 620 to receive at least one of the P reference signals sent by the transmitting device, where the P reference signals are P antenna ports. a reference signal, the P reference signals are carried on a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, Each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where P≥1, M≥1, N≥1, K≥2, the ith reference in the at least one reference signal The signal is located on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and occupies L subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, and is located in one of the M symbols Above, wherein 1 ≤ S ≤ N, 1 ≤ L < K;
用于根据所述至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制AGC调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理RRM测量、定位测量。And performing at least one of: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement, and positioning measurement according to the at least one reference signal.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该S个频域单元中每个频域单元的该L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,该R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,该R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。Optionally, as an embodiment, the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are discretely distributed in the frequency domain unit to which the frequency domain unit belongs. Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L/2).
可选地,作为一个实施例,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, including:
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,该第m个符号为该M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil()表示向上取整;或
The ith reference signal is located on the mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n=ceil(M/ 2), ceil () means round up; or
该第i个参考信号位于该M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,该处理器610具体用于为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第一序列,其中,该第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为L的第三序列得到。Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes Z elements, Z=S·L, and the processor 610 is specifically configured to generate a length Z for the ith reference signal. A first sequence, wherein the first sequence is derived from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,该R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,该S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,该R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,该R1个第一频域单元组与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,Optionally, as an embodiment, the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups includes N 1 consecutive groups. a frequency domain unit, the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the second frequency domain unit groups of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups includes S 1 frequency domain units And the R 1 first frequency domain unit group and the R 1 second frequency domain unit group are in one-to-one correspondence, N=N 1 ·R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,
该S1个频域单元为该N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or
该S1个频域单元在该N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil()表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain unit is discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥3, 2≤S 1 ≤ceil(N 1 /2), and ceil() indicates rounding up, or
该S1个频域单元为位于该N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该处理器610具体用于为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第四序列,其中,该第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为Z1的第五序列得到。Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , and the processor 610 is specifically used for for the i-th reference signal to generate a fourth sequence of length Z, wherein, according to the length of the fourth sequence and a second sequence of length Z is Z 1 to obtain a fifth sequence.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,该R1个序列单元与该R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,该R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,该N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,该处理器610具体用于为该第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第六序列,其中,该第六序列根据长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到。Optionally, as an embodiment, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal includes R 1 sequence units, and the R 1 sequence units are in one-to-one correspondence with the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups. Each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1 , and the processor 610 is specifically used for for the i-th reference signal to generate a sixth sequence Z length, wherein the sixth sequence according to the length of a first of the adjuvant doffer Z 1 - Chu ZC sequence repeats obtained.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或Optionally, as an embodiment, the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and are occupied in each of the S frequency domain units. The subcarriers are the same, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在该S个频
域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency
The subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are different, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy the same subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or
该第j个参考信号和该第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在该S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units.
其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器620具体用于接收第一物理信道,该第一物理信道承载在该第一TTI资源块上,该第一物理信道对应该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口;Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 620 is specifically configured to receive a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, where the first physical channel corresponds to the P antenna ports. I antenna port;
该处理器620具体用于根据该P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号对该第一物理信道进行解调,1≤I≤P。The processor 620 is specifically configured to demodulate the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to one of the P antenna ports, where 1≤I≤P.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器620具体用于接收第二物理信道,该第二物理信道承载在第二TTI资源块上,该第二TTI资源块为该第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,该第二物理信道对应该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口;Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 620 is specifically configured to receive a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is the first TTI resource block. a TTI resource block, the second physical channel corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;
该处理器620具体用于根据该P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号对该第二物理信道进行解调,1≤J≤P。The processor 620 is specifically configured to demodulate the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1≤J≤P.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,该处理器610可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,简称为“CPU”),该处理器610还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 610 may be a central processing unit ("CPU"), and the processor 610 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs). , an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, and the like. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器630可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器610提供指令和数据。处理器610的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器610还可以存储设备类型的信息。The memory 630 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 610. A portion of processor 610 may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the processor 610 can also store information of the device type.
该总线系统640除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统640。The bus system 640 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 640 in the figure.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器610中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的传输参考信号的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬
件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器630,处理器610读取存储器630中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 610 or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method for transmitting a reference signal disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or using a hard processor.
The combination of the piece and the software module is completed. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 630, and the processor 610 reads the information in the memory 630 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
根据本发明实施例的用于传输参考信号的设备600可对应于根据本发明实施例的传输参考信号的方法中的接收设备,并且,该设备600中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8(或图9)中由用户设备执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The apparatus 600 for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a receiving apparatus in a method of transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above For the sake of brevity, the corresponding processes performed by the user equipment in FIG. 8 (or FIG. 9) are not described here.
因此,本发明实施例的传输参考信号的装置,提供了短TTI传输场景下参考信号的配置图案和参考信号序列,能够支持短TTI传输场景下参考信号的传输。Therefore, the apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention provides a configuration pattern and a reference signal sequence of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario, and can support transmission of a reference signal in a short TTI transmission scenario.
应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the implementations disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or in combination with computer hardware and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,
或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component displayed as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, may be located in one place.
Or it can be distributed to multiple network elements. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,RAM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,ROM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (RAM), a random access memory (ROM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。
The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (40)
- 一种传输参考信号的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method of transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising:发送设备确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2;The transmitting device determines a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, each of the N frequency domain units The frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers, wherein M≥1, N≥1, K≥2;所述发送设备确定P个参考信号,其中,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,其中,P≥1;The transmitting device determines P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where P≥1;所述发送设备传输所述P个参考信号,其中,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K。Transmitting, by the sending device, the P reference signals, where an ith reference signal of the P reference signals is located on S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units, and in the S Each of the frequency domain units occupies L subcarriers, and the ith reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元的所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,所述R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。The method according to claim 1, wherein the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are in the frequency to which they belong. Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L) /2).
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals is located on one of the M symbols, comprising:所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil( )表示向上取整;或The ith reference signal is located on an mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n= Ceil(M/2),ceil( ) means round up; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency-domain units S 1, one of R 1 and the first frequency domain unit group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, N = N 1 · R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,所述S1个频域单元为所述N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1,或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 , or所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1 ≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil( )表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), and ceil ( ) indicates rounding up ,or所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
- 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises Z elements, Z=S·L, the method further comprising:所述发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,所述Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,所述Q个第一序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,The transmitting device generates Q first sequences of length Z, and any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively Q of the P antenna ports. Reference signal sequence of antenna ports, Q≤P,其中,所述Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,所述Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。The Q first sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到,n1为小于或等于L的偶数,或The method according to claim 5, wherein said Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , and n 1 is an even number less than or equal to L, or所述Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,所述W序列为The Q third sequences are obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is其中,m1表示W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位,Q≤nCS。Where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift, Q ≤ n CS .
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The method further includes:所述发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,所述Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,所述Q个第四序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P;The transmitting device generates Q fourth sequences of length Z, and any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively Q of the P antenna ports Reference signal sequence of antenna ports, Q≤P;其中,所述Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,所述Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。The Q fourth sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a Q sequence of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q fifth sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The method further includes:所述发送设备生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,所述Q个第六序列中的 任意两个第六序列正交,所述Q个第六序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P;The transmitting device generates Q sixth sequences of length Z, in the Q sixth sequences Any two sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively reference signal sequences of Q antenna ports of the P antenna ports, Q≤P;其中,所述Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到,所述Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。The Q sixth sequence is repeatedly obtained according to the Q first Zoffov-Chu ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q first ZC sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency The subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are the same, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
- 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:所述发送设备确定第二TTI资源块,所述第二TTI资源块为所述第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块;The sending device determines a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;所述发送设备在所述第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在所述第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;Transmitting, by the sending device, a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmitting a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;其中,所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号用于所述第一物理信道的解调,所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号用于所述第二物理信道的解调,P≥1,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。The reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the reference signal corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports is used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ≥ 1, 1 ≤ I ≤ P, 1 ≤ J ≤ P.
- 一种传输参考信号的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method of transmitting a reference signal, the method comprising:接收设备接收发送设备发送的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信号,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,所述P个参考信号承载在第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块上,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,P≥1,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于所述M个符号 中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K;The receiving device receives at least one of the P reference signals sent by the sending device, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, and the P reference signals are carried on the first transmission time interval TTI resource block. The first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in the time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in the frequency domain, where each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers. Wherein, P≥1, M≥1, N≥1, K≥2, the ith reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on the S frequency domain units in the N frequency domain units, and Each of the S frequency domain units occupies L subcarriers in each frequency domain unit, and is located in the M symbols In a symbol, where 1 ≤ S ≤ N, 1 ≤ L < K;所述接收设备根据所述至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制AGC调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理RRM测量、定位测量。The receiving device performs at least one of the following according to the at least one reference signal: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement, and positioning measurement.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元的所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,所述R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。The method according to claim 11, wherein the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are in the frequency to which they belong. Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L) /2).
- 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, comprising:所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil( )表示向上取整;或The ith reference signal is located on an mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n= Ceil(M/2),ceil( ) means round up; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency-domain units S 1, one of R 1 and the first frequency domain unit group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, N = N 1 · R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,所述S1个频域单元为所述N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil( )表示向上取整,或The S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), and ceil ( ) indicates rounding up ,or所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
- 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises Z elements, Z=S·L, the method further comprising:所述接收设备为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第一序列,其中, 所述第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为L的第三序列得到。The receiving device generates a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, where The first sequence is obtained from a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The method further includes:所述接收设备为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第四序列,其中,所述第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为Z1的第五序列得到。The receiving apparatus is the i-th reference signal to generate a fourth sequence of length Z, wherein Z according to the length of the fourth sequence to obtain a fifth sequence of a second sequence and length Z is.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The method further includes:所述接收设备为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第六序列,其中,所述第六序列根据长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到。The receiving apparatus is the i-th reference signal to generate a sixth sequence Z length, wherein the length of the sixth sequences according to a first adjuvant Astoria Z 1 - Chu ZC sequence repeats obtained.
- 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency The subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are the same, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
- 根据权利要求11至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:所述接收设备接收第一物理信道,所述第一物理信道承载在所述第一TTI资源块上,所述第一物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口;The receiving device receives a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, and the first physical channel corresponds to one of the P antenna ports;所述接收设备根据所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第一物理信道进行解调,1≤I≤P。 The receiving device demodulates the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to one of the P antenna ports, where 1≤I≤P.
- 根据权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:所述接收设备接收第二物理信道,所述第二物理信道承载在第二TTI资源块上,所述第二TTI资源块为所述第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,所述第二物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口;The receiving device receives a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, and the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, where the Two physical channels corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;所述接收设备根据所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第二物理信道进行解调,1≤J≤P。The receiving device demodulates the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1≤J≤P.
- 一种传输参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:确定单元,用于确定第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2;a determining unit, configured to determine a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, where the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in a time domain, and occupies N frequency domain units in a frequency domain, where the N frequency domain units are Each frequency domain unit includes K consecutive subcarriers, where M≥1, N≥1, K≥2;所述确定单元还用于确定P个参考信号,其中,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,其中,P≥1;The determining unit is further configured to determine P reference signals, where the P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where P≥1;传输单元,用于在所述第一TTI资源块上传输所述P个参考信号,其中,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K。a transmitting unit, configured to transmit the P reference signals on the first TTI resource block, where an ith one of the P reference signals is located in an S frequency of the N frequency domain units And on the domain unit, occupying L subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, and the i th reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, where 1≤S ≤ N, 1 ≤ L < K.
- 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元的所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,所述R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups are in a frequency group Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L) /2).
- 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals is located on one of the M symbols, comprising:所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil( )表示向上取整;或The ith reference signal is located on an mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n= Ceil(M/2),ceil( ) means round up; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- 根据权利要求21至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述N 个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency-domain units S 1, one of R 1 and the first frequency domain unit group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, N = N 1 · R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,所述S1个频域单元为所述N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil( )表示向上取整;或The S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), and ceil ( ) indicates rounding up ;or所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
- 根据权利要求21至24中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises Z elements, Z=S·L, and the device further comprises:第一生成单元,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第一序列,所述Q个第一序列中的任意两个第一序列正交,所述Q个第一序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,a first generating unit, configured to generate Q first sequences of length Z, where any two first sequences of the Q first sequences are orthogonal, and the Q first sequences are respectively the P antennas Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports in the port, Q≤P,其中,所述Q个第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为L的第三序列得到,所述Q个第三序列中的任意两个第三序列正交。The Q first sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L, and any two third sequences of the Q third sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n1的正交掩码OCC序列得到,n1为小于或等于L的偶数,或The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein said Q third sequences are obtained by Q orthogonal mask OCC sequences of length n 1 , n 1 being an even number less than or equal to L, or所述Q个第三序列由Q个长度为n2的W序列得到,n2为小于或等于L的整数,所述W序列为The Q third sequences are obtained by Q W sequences of length n 2 , and n 2 is an integer less than or equal to L, and the W sequence is其中,m1表示W序列的长度,nCS表示可用的循环移位,Q≤nCS。Where m 1 represents the length of the W sequence and n CS represents the available cyclic shift, Q ≤ n CS .
- 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The device further comprises:第二生成单元,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第四序列,所述Q个第四序列中的任意两个第四序列正交,所述Q个第四序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P, a second generating unit, configured to generate Q fourth sequences of length Z, any two of the Q fourth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q fourth sequences are respectively the P antennas Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports in the port, Q≤P,其中,所述Q个第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和Q个长度为Z1的第五序列得到,所述Q个第五序列中的任意两个第五序列正交。The Q fourth sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a Q sequence of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q fifth sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the i-th reference signal of the P reference signals comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The device further comprises:第三生成单元,用于生成Q个长度为Z的第六序列,所述Q个第六序列中的任意两个第六序列正交,所述Q个第六序列分别为所述P个天线端口中Q个天线端口的参考信号序列,Q≤P,a third generating unit, configured to generate Q sixth sequences of length Z, where any two sixth sequences of the Q sixth sequences are orthogonal, and the Q sixth sequences are respectively the P antennas Reference signal sequence of Q antenna ports in the port, Q≤P,其中,所述Q个第六序列根据Q个长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到,所述Q个第一ZC序列中的任意两个第一ZC序列正交。The Q sixth sequence is repeatedly obtained according to the Q first Zoffov-Chu ZC sequences of length Z 1 , and any two of the Q first ZC sequences are orthogonal.
- 根据权利要求21至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 28, wherein the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency The subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are the same, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
- 根据权利要求21至29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,A device according to any one of claims 21 to 29, wherein所述确定单元还用于确定第二TTI资源块,所述第二TTI资源块为所述第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块;The determining unit is further configured to determine a second TTI resource block, where the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block;所述传输单元具体用于在所述第一TTI资源块上传输第一物理信道,在所述第二TTI资源块上传输第二物理信道;The transmitting unit is specifically configured to transmit a first physical channel on the first TTI resource block, and transmit a second physical channel on the second TTI resource block;其中,所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口对应的参考信号用于所述第一物理信道的解调,所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号用于所述第二物理信道的解调,P≥1,1≤I≤P,1≤J≤P。The reference signal corresponding to the one of the P antenna ports is used for demodulation of the first physical channel, and the reference signal corresponding to the J antenna ports of the P antenna ports is used for the Demodulation of the second physical channel, P ≥ 1, 1 ≤ I ≤ P, 1 ≤ J ≤ P.
- 一种传输参考信号的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A device for transmitting a reference signal, the device comprising:接收单元,用于接收发送设备发送的P个参考信号中的至少一个参考信 号,所述P个参考信号为P个天线端口的参考信号,所述P个参考信号承载在第一传输时间间隔TTI资源块上,所述第一TTI资源块在时域上占用M个符号,在频域上占用N个频域单元,所述N个频域单元中的每个频域单元包括K个连续的子载波,其中,P≥1,M≥1,N≥1,K≥2,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述N个频域单元中的S个频域单元上,并在所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元内占用L个子载波,且位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,其中,1≤S≤N,1≤L<K;a receiving unit, configured to receive at least one of the P reference signals sent by the sending device No. The P reference signals are reference signals of P antenna ports, where the P reference signals are carried on a first transmission time interval TTI resource block, and the first TTI resource block occupies M symbols in a time domain. N frequency domain units are occupied in the frequency domain, and each of the N frequency domain units includes K consecutive subcarriers, where P≥1, M≥1, N≥1, K≥ 2. The i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on the S frequency domain units of the N frequency domain units, and occupies L in each frequency domain unit in the S frequency domain units. a subcarrier, and located on one of the M symbols, wherein 1≤S≤N, 1≤L<K;处理单元,用于根据所述至少一个参考信号执行以下至少一项:信道估计、自动增益控制AGC调整、时频同步、物理信道解调、信道状态信息测量、无线资源管理RRM测量、定位测量。And a processing unit, configured to perform at least one of: channel estimation, automatic gain control AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, physical channel demodulation, channel state information measurement, radio resource management RRM measurement, and positioning measurement according to the at least one reference signal.
- 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S个频域单元中每个频域单元的所述L个子载波划分为R个子载波组,所述R个子载波组在所属于的频域单元内离散分布,所述R个子载波组中的每个子载波组包括C个连续的子载波,其中,L≥2,C=L/R,2≤R≤L,1≤C≤(L/2)。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the L subcarriers of each of the S frequency domain units are divided into R subcarrier groups, and the R subcarrier groups belong to a frequency Each of the R subcarrier groups includes C consecutive subcarriers, where L≥2, C=L/R, 2≤R≤L, 1≤C≤(L) /2).
- 根据权利要求31或32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的一个符号上,包括:The apparatus according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal is located on one of the M symbols, comprising:所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第一个符号上;或The ith reference signal is located on a first one of the M symbols; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中的第m个符号上,其中,所述第m个符号为所述M个符号中的前n个符号中的一个符号,其中,n=ceil(M/2),ceil( )表示向上取整;或The ith reference signal is located on an mth symbol of the M symbols, wherein the mth symbol is one of the first n symbols of the M symbols, where n= Ceil(M/2),ceil( ) means round up; or所述第i个参考信号位于所述M个符号中除最后一个符号外的一个符号上。The ith reference signal is located on a symbol other than the last symbol of the M symbols.
- 根据权利要求31至33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述N个频域单元划分为R1个第一频域单元组,所述R1个第一频域单元组中的每个频域单元组包括N1个连续的频域单元,所述S个频域单元划分为R1个第二频域单元组,所述R1个第二频域单元组中的每个第二频域单元组包括S1个频域单元,所述R1个第一频域单元组与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,N=N1·R1,S=S1·R1,The apparatus according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein the N frequency domain units are divided into R 1 first frequency domain unit groups, and the R 1 first frequency domain unit groups are Each frequency domain unit group includes N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, and the S frequency domain units are divided into R 1 second frequency domain unit groups, and each of the R 1 second frequency domain unit groups second cell group comprising frequency-domain frequency-domain units S 1, one of R 1 and the first frequency domain unit group of R 1 a second set of frequency-domain units correspond, N = N 1 · R 1 , S=S 1 ·R 1 ,所述S1个频域单元为所述N1个连续的频域单元,其中,S1=N1;或The S 1 frequency domain unit is the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where S 1 =N 1 ; or所述S1个频域单元在所述N1个连续的频域单元中离散分布,其中,N1≥3,2≤S1≤ceil(N1/2),ceil( )表示向上取整,或 The S 1 frequency domain units are discretely distributed in the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 2 ≤ S 1 ≤ ceil (N 1 /2), and ceil ( ) indicates rounding up ,or所述S1个频域单元为位于所述N1个连续的频域单元的中心位置的频域单元,其中,N1≥3,1≤S1≤N1-2。The S 1 frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit located at a center position of the N 1 consecutive frequency domain units, where N 1 ≥ 3 , 1 ≤ S 1 ≤ N 1 -2.
- 根据权利要求31至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括Z个元素,Z=S·L,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 31 to 34, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises Z elements, Z=S·L, the device further comprising:第一生成单元,为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第一序列,其中,所述第一序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为L的第三序列得到。The first generating unit generates a first sequence of length Z for the ith reference signal, wherein the first sequence is obtained according to a second sequence of length Z and a third sequence of length L.
- 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The device further comprises:第二生成单元,用于为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第四序列,其中,所述第四序列根据长度为Z的第二序列和长度为Z1的第五序列得到。A second generating unit configured to reference the i-th signal generating fourth sequence of length Z, wherein Z according to the length of the fourth sequence to obtain a fifth sequence of a second sequence and length Z is.
- 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少一个参考信号中的第i个参考信号包括R1个序列单元,所述R1个序列单元与所述R1个第二频域单元组一一对应,所述R1个序列单元中的每一个序列单元包含Z1个元素,所述N个序列单元包含Z个元素,Z1=S1·L,Z=R1·Z1,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the i-th reference signal of the at least one reference signal comprises R 1 sequence units, the R 1 sequence units and the R 1 second frequency domains The unit groups are in one-to-one correspondence, each of the R 1 sequence units includes Z 1 elements, and the N sequence units include Z elements, Z 1 =S 1 ·L, Z=R 1 ·Z 1. The device further comprises:第三生成单元,用于为所述第i个参考信号生成长度为Z的第六序列,其中,所述第六序列根据长度为Z1的第一佐道夫-楚ZC序列重复得到。Third generating means for said i-th length of the sixth reference signal generating sequence Z, wherein the sixth sequence of the first rank and file according to the length Z of the doffer 1 - Chu ZC sequence repeats obtained.
- 根据权利要求31至37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P个参考信号中的第j个参考信号和第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The method according to any one of claims 31 to 37, wherein the jth reference signal and the kth reference signal of the P reference signals are located on the same symbol and at the S frequency The subcarriers occupied in each frequency domain unit in the domain unit are the same, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于同一个符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on the same symbol and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波相同,或The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and are the same as the subcarriers occupied in each of the S frequency domain units, or所述第j个参考信号和所述第k个参考信号位于不同的符号上且在所述S个频域单元中的每一个频域单元内占用的子载波不同,The jth reference signal and the kth reference signal are located on different symbols and occupy different subcarriers in each of the S frequency domain units,其中,1≤j≤P,1≤k≤P,j≠k。 Among them, 1 ≤ j ≤ P, 1 ≤ k ≤ P, j ≠ k.
- 根据权利要求31至38中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,A device according to any one of claims 31 to 38, wherein所述接收单元还用于接收第一物理信道,所述第一物理信道承载在所述第一TTI资源块上,所述第一物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的I个天线端口;The receiving unit is further configured to receive a first physical channel, where the first physical channel is carried on the first TTI resource block, and the first physical channel corresponds to one of the P antenna ports;所述装置还包括:The device also includes:解调单元,用于根据所述I个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第一物理信道进行解调。And a demodulation unit, configured to demodulate the first physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to the one antenna port.
- 根据权利要求31至39中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,A device according to any one of claims 31 to 39, wherein所述接收单元还用于接收第二物理信道,所述第二物理信道承载在第二TTI资源块上,所述第二TTI资源块为所述第一TTI资源块后的一个TTI资源块,所述第二物理信道对应所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口;The receiving unit is further configured to receive a second physical channel, where the second physical channel is carried on a second TTI resource block, and the second TTI resource block is a TTI resource block after the first TTI resource block, The second physical channel corresponds to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports;所述接收设备根据所述P个天线端口中的J个天线端口对应的参考信号对所述第二物理信道进行解调,1≤J≤P。 The receiving device demodulates the second physical channel according to a reference signal corresponding to J antenna ports of the P antenna ports, where 1≤J≤P.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2016/073576 WO2017132969A1 (en) | 2016-02-04 | 2016-02-04 | Method and device for transmitting reference signal |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2016/073576 WO2017132969A1 (en) | 2016-02-04 | 2016-02-04 | Method and device for transmitting reference signal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017132969A1 true WO2017132969A1 (en) | 2017-08-10 |
Family
ID=59500324
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2016/073576 WO2017132969A1 (en) | 2016-02-04 | 2016-02-04 | Method and device for transmitting reference signal |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2017132969A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109587798A (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2019-04-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Reference signal, the determination method and device of control channel unit, storage medium |
CN110535600A (en) * | 2019-01-07 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmit method, terminal device and the network equipment of demodulated reference signal |
CN113225170A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2021-08-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Wireless communication method and device |
CN115208544A (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2022-10-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal processing method and device based on sequence |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010082756A2 (en) * | 2009-01-13 | 2010-07-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus of transmitting sounding reference signal in multiple antenna system |
CN101958737A (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-01-26 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Data processing method for downlink transmit diversity and base station |
CN102422663A (en) * | 2009-04-10 | 2012-04-18 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for transmitting positioning reference signal in wireless communication system |
-
2016
- 2016-02-04 WO PCT/CN2016/073576 patent/WO2017132969A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010082756A2 (en) * | 2009-01-13 | 2010-07-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus of transmitting sounding reference signal in multiple antenna system |
CN102422663A (en) * | 2009-04-10 | 2012-04-18 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for transmitting positioning reference signal in wireless communication system |
CN101958737A (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-01-26 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Data processing method for downlink transmit diversity and base station |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
"UTRAN Iub interface user plane protocols for Common Transport Channel data streams (Release 13", 3GPP TS 25.435, 31 December 2015 (2015-12-31) * |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115208544A (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2022-10-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal processing method and device based on sequence |
CN115208544B (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2023-05-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Sequence-based signal processing method, terminal device, communication apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium |
CN109587798A (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2019-04-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Reference signal, the determination method and device of control channel unit, storage medium |
CN109587798B (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2023-07-14 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for determining reference signal and control channel unit and storage medium |
CN113225170A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2021-08-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Wireless communication method and device |
CN110535600A (en) * | 2019-01-07 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmit method, terminal device and the network equipment of demodulated reference signal |
CN110535600B (en) * | 2019-01-07 | 2022-12-02 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for transmitting demodulation reference signal, terminal equipment and network equipment |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7333413B2 (en) | A method of repeating a transport block (TB) over multiple transmit/receive points (TRP) | |
WO2018127202A1 (en) | Method and device for transmitting a reference signal | |
JP6208340B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signals in a wireless communication system | |
US11601958B2 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
WO2018228335A1 (en) | Pilot signal sending and receiving methods and apparatuses, device, and storage medium | |
WO2019137098A1 (en) | Method and device for receiving and sending reference signal, and computer-readable storage medium | |
JP2020511814A (en) | Reference signal transmitting method and transmitting device | |
WO2017092697A1 (en) | Communication signal processing method and device in communication system | |
CN107852710B (en) | Data transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment | |
CN108270711B (en) | Method, device and system for transmitting reference signal | |
WO2011095009A1 (en) | Method and system for transmitting sounding reference signals | |
WO2018129987A1 (en) | Unauthorized transmission method, terminal device and network device | |
WO2012019412A1 (en) | Configuration method and system for sounding reference signal | |
WO2018166421A1 (en) | Method, device, and system for transmitting control information | |
WO2012019414A1 (en) | Radio frame and sounding reference signal sending method in mobile communication system | |
CN108605345B (en) | User terminal, radio base station, and radio communication method | |
WO2019029014A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal device and network device | |
JP7054389B2 (en) | Terminals, wireless communication methods, base stations and systems | |
WO2018081975A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink signal | |
JP2019525516A (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
EP3573274A1 (en) | Communication method and network device | |
WO2017128296A1 (en) | Transmission method, apparatus and system for reference signal | |
WO2017132969A1 (en) | Method and device for transmitting reference signal | |
JP2023546875A (en) | Terminal device, network device, and method performed by the terminal device | |
TW201826747A (en) | Method for resource mapping and communication equipment |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16888794 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16888794 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |